technical data manual for cube67 and cube67+ · manual cube67 and cube67+ technical data v 2.5 3...
TRANSCRIPT
Technical Data manualfor Cube67 and Cube67+
Installation
Technical Data
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 2
Publisher's Note
Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ (Article Numbers: see following pages)
Version 2.5
Edition 05_11 EN
Manual Number 56971
Murrelektronik GmbH
Falkenstraße 3
D-71570 Oppenweiler
Phone +49 (0) 7191 47-0
Fax +49 (0) 7191 47-130
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 3
System / Bus Node ModulesCube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P
Art. No. 56 502 Cube67 BN-DN Art. No. 56 504 Cube67 BN-C Art. No. 56 505 Cube67 BN-E Art. No. 56 507 Cube67 BN-DN V2 Art. No. 56 531 Cube67 BN-P Hybrid
Cube67+ Bus Node Art. No. 56521 Cube67+ BN-P Cube20 Modules Art. No. 56 450 Cube20 BN67 DIO8 Cube67 Modules Art. No. 56 600 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12
Art. No. 56 601 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 602 Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 Art. No. 56 603 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 605 Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 Art. No. 56 606 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN Art. No. 56 610 Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 611 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 612 Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 613 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 616 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN Art. No. 56 620 Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 621 Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 622 Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 623 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 626 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN Art. No. 56 631 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A Art. No. 56 640 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A Art. No. 56 641 Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) Art. No. 56 650 Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3 Art. No. 56 651 Cube67 DO16 E Valve Art. No. 56 653 Cube67 DO16 E MAC Art. No. 56 655 Cube67 DO8 E Valve Art. No. 56 656 Cube67 DO32 E Valve 0.5A Art. No. 56 600 2 Cube67 DO32 E Valve 0.5A / 2m Art. No. 56 657 Cube67 DO32 E MAC Art. No. 56 661 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable Art. No. 56 610 0 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable 2m Art. No. 56 662 Cube67 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A Art. No. 56 663 Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5° Art. No. 56 671 Cube67 DI16/DO16 E Cable 0.5A Art. No. 56 681 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box Art. No. 56 691 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail Art. No. 56 700 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 701 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 710 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 711 Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 720 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 721 Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 730 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 731 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 740 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD Art. No. 56 741 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD Art. No. 56 748 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH Art. No. 56 749 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH Art. No. 56 750 Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 760 Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 4
Art. No. 56 771 Cube67 Logic 4xM12 Art. No. 56 955 Cube67 PD 7/8" Art. No. 56 960 Cube67 Repeater PROFIBUS DP Art. No. 56 606 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN Art. No. 56 616 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN Art. No. 56 626 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN
Cube67+ Modules Art. No. 56 752 CUBE67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12
Art. No. 56 761 Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 765 CUBE67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 Customer-specific Cube67 Modules
Art. No. 56 665 00 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable M12 ID Art. No. 56 601 50 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 601 51 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 611 50 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 VA Art. No. 56 621 50 Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 VA Art. No. 56 626 50 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN VA Art. No. 56 603 50 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 701 50 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA Art. No. 56 720 50 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA Art. No. 56 730 50 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA Art. No. 56 740 50 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA Art. No. 56 748 50 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH VA Art. No. 56 651 00 Cube67 DO16 E Valve CPV Art. No. 56 600 1 Cube67 DO16 E Valve CPV 1.4m Art. No. 56 650 03 Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3 Art. No. 56 651 01 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V Art. No. 56 651 10 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V20/22 Art. No. 56 651 11 Cube67 DO16 E Valve VM10 Art. No. 56 651 12 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V20/22 B Art. No. 56 651 13 Cube67 DO16 E Valve SMC Art. No. 56 651 14 Cube67 DO16 E Valve SMC M27 Art. No. 56 651 15 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V20/22 C Art. No. 56 651 16 Cube67 DO16 E Valve MAC Art. No. 56 651 51 Cube67 DO16 E Valve CPV VA Art. No. 56 651 52 Cube67 DO16 E Valve SMC VA Art. No. 56 681 00 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK Art. No. 56 655 00 Cube67 DO8 E Valve CPV Art. No. 56 655 01 Cube67 DO8 E Valve CPV(9) Art. No. 56 656 00 Cube67 DO24 E Valve VM10 Art. No. 56 656 01 Cube67 DO24 E Valve MPA Art. No. 56 656 02 Cube67 DO32 E Valve HF03 Art. No. 56 656 03 Cube67 DO32 E Valve VM10 Art. No. 56 656 04 Cube67 DO23 E Valve SMC Art. No. 56 656 05 Cube67 DO22 E Valve CPA Art. No. 56 656 06 Cube67 DO24 E Valve HF04 Art. No. 56 656 07 Cube67 DO24 E Valve SMC M27 Art. No. 56 656 09 Cube67 DO32 E Valve MAC Art. No. 56 656 10 Cube67 DO32 E Valve Vesta Art. No. 56 656 11 Cube67 DO22 E Valve Vesta Art. No. 56 665 00 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable M12 ID Art. No. 56 600 0 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable M12 ID 1.2m
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 5
Service and Support
Website:
www.murrelektronik.com
In addition, our Customer Service Center (CSC) will be glad to assist you:
Our Customer Service Center can support you throughout your project in the planning and
conception of customer applications, configuration, installation, and startup. We also offer competent
consulting or - in more complex cases - we even provide direct onsite support.
The Customer Service Center provides support tools. It performs measurements for fieldbus systems,
such as PROFIBUS DP, DeviceNet, CANopen, and AS interface, as well as energy, heat, and EMC
measurements.
Our coworkers at the Customer Service Center provide their competence, know-how, and years of
experience. They are knowledgeable about hardware and software, and compatibility with products
made by various manufacturers.
You can contact the Customer Service Center at
telephone number +49 (0) 71 91 47-424
or by email at [email protected].
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 6
About the User Manual and its Structure
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 7
The following links will provide you with more information on bus systems, as well as the standards
and specifications on which they are based:
>>> PROFIBUS (www.PROFIBUS.com)
>>> PROFINET (www.profinet.com)
>>> EtherNet/IP (www.odva.org)
>>> DeviceNet (www.odva.org)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 8
>>> EtherCAT (www.ethercat.org)
>>> CANopen (www.can-cia.org)
>>> IO-Link IO link (www.io-link IO link.com)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 9
Table of Contents
Publisher's Note ....................................................................................................................................... 2
Service and Support ................................................................................................................................ 5
About the User Manual and its Structure ................................................................................................. 6
Table of Contents ..................................................................................................................................... 9
Important Information ............................................................................................................................. 23
1. Installation .......................................................................................................................................... 25
1.1 Assembly instructions .................................................................................................................. 25
1.1.1 Base and mounting position .................................................................................................. 25
1.1.2 Number of components ......................................................................................................... 26
1.1.2.1 Cube67............................................................................................................................ 26
1.1.2.2 Cube67+ ......................................................................................................................... 26
1.1.2.3 Cube20............................................................................................................................ 27
1.1.3 Spacing .................................................................................................................................. 27
1.1.4 Length of lines ....................................................................................................................... 28
1.1.4.1 Cube67............................................................................................................................ 28
1.1.4.2 Cube67+ ......................................................................................................................... 28
1.1.4.3 Cube20............................................................................................................................ 28
1.1.5 Module dimensions ................................................................................................................ 29
1.1.6 Mounting positions ................................................................................................................. 31
1.2 Mounting the Cube67 Bus Node .................................................................................................. 34
1.2.1 Mounting the Cube67 bus node basic module ...................................................................... 34
1.2.2 Adjust fieldbus address and if required Baud rate................................................................. 35
1.2.3 Connect functional earth to the Cube67 bus node ................................................................ 36
1.2.4 Mounting the cap of the Cube67 bus node ........................................................................... 37
1.2.5 Example mounting BN Cube67 ............................................................................................. 38
1.3 Mounting the Cube67+ Bus Node ................................................................................................ 39
1.3.1 Mounting the Cube67+ bus node .......................................................................................... 39
1.3.2 Connect functional earth to the Cube67+ bus node .............................................................. 40
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 10
1.3.3 Adjust fieldbus address and if required Baud rate................................................................. 41
1.3.4 Example mounting BN Cube67+ ........................................................................................... 42
1.4 Mounting the Cube67 I/O modules .............................................................................................. 43
1.4.1 Mounting the module ............................................................................................................. 43
1.4.2 Connecting functional earth ................................................................................................... 44
1.5 Mounting the Cube20 connection and the Cube20 I/O modules ................................................. 47
1.6 Connections ................................................................................................................................. 48
1.6.1 Bus node................................................................................................................................ 48
1.6.1.1 Overview of connections Cube67 BN-P (Art. No. 56 501) .............................................. 48
1.6.1.2 Overview of connections Cube67+ BN-P (Art. No. 56 521) ........................................... 49
1.6.1.3 Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN (Art. No. 56 502) .......................................... 50
1.6.1.4 Overview of connection Cube67 BN-C (Art. No. 56 504) ............................................... 51
1.6.1.5 Overview of connections Cube67 BN-E (Art. No. 56 505) .............................................. 52
1.6.1.6 Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN V2 (Art. No. 56 507)..................................... 53
1.6.1.7 Overview of connections Cube67 BN-P Hybrid (Art. No. 56 531) .................................. 54
1.6.2 I/O modules Cube67 and Cube67+ ....................................................................................... 56
1.6.2.1 Overview of connections Cube67 DI / DIO 8xM12 ......................................................... 56
1.6.2.2 External actuator supply Art. No. 56 600 (Art. No. 56640) ............................................. 57
1.6.2.3 Overview of Connections Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 ............................................ 58
1.6.2.4 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) ............................. 59
1.6.2.5 Overview of Connections Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 (Art. No. 56 602) .............................. 60
1.6.2.6 Overview of Connections Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 (Art. No. 56 605) ............. 61
1.6.2.7 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12, DI8 C 4xM12 .................................. 62
1.6.2.8 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12, DI8 E 4xM12 .................................. 62
1.6.2.9 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 620) ............................... 63
1.6.2.10 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 621) and Cube67 DIO8 E
8xM8 VA (Art. No. 56 62150) ...................................................................................................... 64
1.6.2.11 Overview of Connections Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 622) ................................ 65
1.6.2.12 Overview of Connections Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 623) ................................ 66
1.6.2.13 Overview of Connections Cube67 DO16 CValve K3 (Art. No. 56 650) ........................ 67
1.6.2.14 External actuator supply (Art. No. 56 650) .................................................................... 68
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 11
1.6.2.15 Overview of connections Cube67 DO16 E Valve, DO8 E Valve, (DO22 E Valve, DO23
E Valve, DO24 E Valve), DO32 Valve, DIO8 Cable, DIO16 E Cable 0,5A ................................ 71
1.6.2.16 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5A (Art. No. 56 663) ...................... 72
1.6.2.17 Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box (Art. No. 56 681) ........................................ 73
1.6.2.18 Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK – Art. No. 56 68100 .............................. 74
1.6.2.19 Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail (Art. No. 56 691) ........................................ 75
1.6.2.20 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) (Art. No. 56 700) ....................... 76
1.6.2.21 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) (Art. No. 56 701) and Cube67 AI4
E 4xM12 (U) VA (Art. No. 56 70150) .......................................................................................... 77
1.6.2.22 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) (Art. No. 56 710) ...................... 78
1.6.2.23 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 711 ........................ 79
1.6.2.24 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) (Art. No. 56 720) and Cube67 AO4
C 4xM12 (I) VA (Art. No. 56 72050) ............................................................................................ 80
1.6.2.25 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 721 ........................ 81
1.6.2.26 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) (Art. No. 56 730) and Cube67 AI4 C
4xM12 (I) VA (Art. No. 56 73050) ............................................................................................... 82
1.6.2.27 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 731 .......................... 83
1.6.2.28 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD (Art.No. 56 740) and Cube67 AI4
C 4xM12 RTD VA (Art. No. 56 74050) ........................................................................................ 84
1.6.2.29 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD (Art.No. 56 741) ....................... 85
1.6.2.30 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH (Art. No. 56 748) and Cube67 AI4
C 4xM12 TH VA (Art. No. 56 74850) .......................................................................................... 86
1.6.2.31 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH – Art. No. 56 749 ........................ 87
1.6.2.32 Overview of Connections Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12 (Art. No. 56 750) .......................... 88
1.6.2.33 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12 (Art.No. 56 760) ................ 89
1.6.2.34 Connections Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 (Art. No. 56 761) ........................... 90
1.6.2.35 Overview of Connections Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 (Art. No. 56 771) .......................... 91
1.6.2.36 Overview of connections Cube67 PD 7/8" - Art. No. 56 955 ........................................ 92
1.6.3 I/O (IP20) modules with pluggable terminals ......................................................................... 93
1.6.3.1 Overview of Connections Cube20 BN67 DIO8 ............................................................... 93
1.6.4 Customer-specific Modules ................................................................................................... 94
1.7 Wiring ........................................................................................................................................... 95
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 12
1.7.1 Digital I/O with M12 connection ............................................................................................. 96
1.7.2 Digital I/O modules with M8 connection ................................................................................ 98
1.7.3 M16 connection ................................................................................................................... 100
1.7.4 Analog I/O Modules ............................................................................................................. 101
1.7.5 I/O modules with field-wireable connection ......................................................................... 102
1.7.5.1 Terminal Block Box / Rail (Art. No. 56 681 / 56 691) .................................................... 102
1.7.5.2 DO16 Valve Art. No. 56 651 ......................................................................................... 104
1.7.5.3 DO8 Valve Art. No. 56 651 and DIO8 Cable Art. No.56 661 ........................................ 104
1.7.5.4 DO32 Valve Art. No. 56 656 ......................................................................................... 105
1.7.5.5 Connecting the Sens cable art. no. 56651, 56655 und 56656 ..................................... 106
1.7.5.6 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A Art. No. 56 662 ............................................................................ 106
1.7.6 Auxiliary supply Cube67 PD 7/8“ – Art. No. 56 955 ............................................................ 107
1.7.7 Internal system connection .................................................................................................. 108
1.7.8 Internal System Connection Terminations .......................................................................... 109
1.7.9 External actuator supply (only Art. No. 56 600 und 56640) ................................................ 110
1.7.10 Cap of the bus node .......................................................................................................... 111
1.7.10.1 Connecting the 7/8" power connector ......................................................................... 111
1.7.10.2 Bus connection ........................................................................................................... 112
2. Technical Data ................................................................................................................................. 113
2.1 Cube67 BN-P – Art. No. 56 501 ................................................................................................. 113
2.1.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 113
2.1.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 114
2.1.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 114
2.2 Cube67+ BN-P Art. No. 56 521 ................................................................................................. 116
2.2.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 116
2.2.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 117
2.2.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 117
2.3 Cube67 BN-P – Art. No. 56 502 , BN-DN – Art. No. 56 507 ...................................................... 119
2.3.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 119
2.3.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 120
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 13
2.3.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 120
2.4 Cube67 BN-C – Art. No. 56 504 ................................................................................................. 122
2.4.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 122
2.4.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 123
2.4.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 123
2.5 Cube67 BN-E – Art. No. 56 505 ................................................................................................. 125
2.5.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 125
2.5.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 126
2.5.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 126
2.6 Cube67 BN-P Hybrid – Art. No. 56 531 ..................................................................................... 128
2.6.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 128
2.6.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 129
2.6.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 129
2.7 Cube20 BN67 DIO8 – Art. No. 56 450 ....................................................................................... 131
2.7.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 131
2.7.2 Mechanical Data .................................................................................................................. 132
2.7.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 133
2.8 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 600 ............................................................................... 134
2.8.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 134
2.8.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 135
2.8.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 135
2.9 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 601, Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA – Art. No. 56 60150 137
2.9.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 137
2.9.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 138
2.9.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 138
2.10 Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 602 ................................................................................ 140
2.10.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 140
2.10.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 141
2.10.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 141
2.11 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 603 ................................................................................ 143
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 14
2.11.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 143
2.11.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 144
2.11.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 145
2.12 Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 – Art. No. 56 605 ................................................................ 146
2.12.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 146
2.12.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 147
2.12.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 148
2.13 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 606 ........................................................................ 149
2.13.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 149
2.13.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 150
2.13.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 151
2.14 Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 610 ............................................................................... 152
2.14.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 152
2.14.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 153
2.14.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 153
2.15 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 - Art.No. 56 611; Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 VA – Art. No. 56 61150
155
2.15.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 155
2.15.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 156
2.15.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 156
2.16 Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 612 .................................................................................. 158
2.16.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 158
2.16.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 159
2.16.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 160
2.17 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 613 .................................................................................. 161
2.17.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 161
2.17.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 162
2.17.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 163
2.18 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 616 .......................................................................... 164
2.18.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 164
2.18.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 165
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 15
2.18.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 166
2.19 Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 620 ................................................................................. 167
2.19.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 167
2.19.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 168
2.19.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 168
2.20 Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 .............................................................................................................. 170
2.20.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 170
2.20.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 171
2.20.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 171
2.21 Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 622 .................................................................................... 173
2.21.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 173
2.21.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 174
2.21.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 175
2.22 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 623 .................................................................................... 176
2.22.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 176
2.22.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 177
2.22.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 178
2.23 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN – Art. No. 56 626 ............................................................................ 179
2.23.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 179
2.23.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 180
2.23.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 181
2.24 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A – Art. No. 56 631 .......................................................................... 182
2.24.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 182
2.24.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 183
2.24.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 183
2.25 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A – Art. No. 56 640 ..................................................................... 185
2.25.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 185
2.25.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 186
2.25.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 186
2.26 Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) – Art. No. 56 641 ................................................... 188
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 16
2.26.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 188
2.26.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 189
2.26.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 189
2.27 Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3 – Art. No. 56 650 ........................................................................... 191
2.27.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 191
2.27.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 192
2.27.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 193
2.28 Cube67 DO16 E Valve - Art. No. 56 651; DO16 E Valve CPV – Art. No. 56 65100;
DO16 E Valve V – Art. No. 56 65101; DO16 E Valve V20/22 – Art. No. 56 65110;
DO16 E Valve VM10 – Art. No. 56 65111; DO16 E Valve CPV (9) – Art. No. 56 65112;
DO16 E Valve CPV VA – Art. No. 56 65150; DO16 E Valve CPV VA – Art. No. 56 65151 ........... 194
2.28.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 194
2.28.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 195
2.28.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 195
2.29 Cube67 DO8 E Valve – Art. No. 56 655 , DO8 E Valve CPV Art. No. 56 65500, DO8 E
Valve CPV (9) Art. No. 56 65501 197
2.29.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 197
2.29.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 198
2.29.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 199
2.30 Cube67 DO32 E Valve – Art. No. 56 656; DO24 E Valve VM10 – Art. No. 56 65600;
DO24 E Valve MPA – Art. No. 56 65601; DO32 E Valve HF03 – Art. No. 56 65602;
DO32 E Valve VM10 – Art. No. 56 65601; DO32 E Valve HF03 – Art. No. 56 65602;
DO32 E Valve VM10 – Art. No. 56 65605; DO24 E Valve HF04 – Art. No. 56 65606;
DO24 E Valve SMC M27 – Art. No. 56 65607 200
2.30.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 200
2.30.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 201
2.30.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 202
2.31 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable – Art. No. 56 661; DIO8 E Cable 2m – 5666100; DIO8 E Cable M12
ID – 56 66500 203
2.31.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 203
2.31.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 204
2.31.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 204
2.32 Cube67 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A – Art. No. 56 662 ....................................................................... 206
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 17
2.32.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 206
2.32.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 207
2.32.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 207
2.33 Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5 A – Art. No. 56 663 .......................................................................... 209
2.33.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 209
2.33.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 210
2.33.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 210
2.34 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box – Art. No. 56 681; DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK – Art. No. 56 68100
212
2.34.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 212
2.34.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 213
2.34.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 214
2.35 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail – Art. No. 56 691 ........................................................................ 216
2.35.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 216
2.35.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 217
2.35.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 217
2.36 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 700 ............................................................................ 219
2.36.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 219
2.36.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 220
2.36.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 220
2.37 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 701; AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA– Art. No. 56 70150 ...... 222
2.37.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 222
2.37.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 223
2.37.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 223
2.38 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 710 ........................................................................... 225
2.38.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 225
2.38.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 226
2.38.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 226
2.39 Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 711 ........................................................................... 228
2.39.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 228
2.39.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 229
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 18
2.39.3 Elektrical Data ................................................................................................................... 229
2.40 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 720; AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA – Art. No. 56 72050 .... 231
2.40.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 231
2.40.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 232
2.40.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 232
2.41 Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 721 ............................................................................ 234
2.41.1 Dimension drawings .......................................................................................................... 234
2.41.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 235
2.41.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 235
2.42 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 730; AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA – Art. No. 56 73050 ....... 237
2.42.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 237
2.42.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 238
2.42.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 238
2.43 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 731 .............................................................................. 240
2.43.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 240
2.43.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 241
2.43.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 241
2.44 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD – Art. No. 56 740, Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA– Art.
No. 56 74050 .................................................................................................................................... 243
2.44.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 243
2.44.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 244
2.44.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 244
2.45 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD – Art. No. 56 741 .......................................................................... 246
2.45.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 246
2.45.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 247
2.45.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 247
2.46 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) – Art. No. 56 748, Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) VA – Art.
No. 56 74850 249
2.46.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 249
2.46.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 250
2.46.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 250
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 19
2.47 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH – Art. No. 56 749 ............................................................................. 252
2.47.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 252
2.47.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 253
2.47.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 253
2.48 Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12– Art. No. 56 750 ............................................................................... 255
2.48.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 255
2.48.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 256
2.48.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 256
2.49 Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 752 ................................................................... 258
2.49.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 258
2.49.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 259
2.49.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 259
2.50 Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12– Art. No. 56 760 ..................................................................... 261
2.50.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 261
2.50.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 262
2.50.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 262
2.51 Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 761 .......................................................... 264
2.51.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 264
2.51.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 265
2.51.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 265
2.52 Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 765 ................................................................... 268
2.52.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 268
2.53 Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 771 ............................................................................... 272
2.53.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 272
2.53.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 273
2.53.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 273
2.54 Cube67 PD 7/8" – Art. No. 56 955 ........................................................................................... 275
2.54.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 275
2.54.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 276
2.54.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 276
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 20
3. Accessories ...................................................................................................................................... 278
3.1 General accessories .................................................................................................................. 278
3.2 Cables ........................................................................................................................................ 281
4. Table of Figures ............................................................................................................................... 284
5. Index of Tables ................................................................................................................................ 287
Legal Provisions ................................................................................................................................... 288
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 21
Supplements / Corrections
Version Chapter Supplement / correction Date / name 1.0 Compilation 04/24/03 / Hinze 1.1 New modules 07/29/03 / Grofik 1.2 Added 56740 and Chap. 2.5.5.4 12/04/03 / Grofik 1.3 2.5.5.1 Correction + new modules 11/05/04 M.H. / Grofik 1.4 New Modules 56 531, 56 650 04/04/05 M.H./Wei 1.5 New module 56 662 09/15/05 1.6 New modules 07/17/06 / M.H./Gro. 1.7 Correction (56 662) 02/05/07 / M.H./Gro 1.8
1 3.10.2 3.10.3 3.10.3
Instruction on safety category 3 Vibration 1 g, shock 15g Interference strength class A Nominal current
10.08.07 / ri/vk
1.9
2.1.4 2.1.5 2.4.2.14 3.29 2.1.4 2.1.5 2.4.2.3 3.24 Introduction 1 2.1.4 2.4.1.3 2.4.1.4 2.4.1.5 2.4.2.6 2.4.2.14 2.4.3 2.5.10.2 3.2.3 ! 4.1
Module 5666100 new Module 56641 new (C Wide) Changes by CSC Art. No. updated Ethernet/IP Table updated Run, Error Rotary switch Link/Run, CfgF Art. 56612 DI8 entered twice Table updated Table updated Why two HDB DN Input bytes ProfiNet node removed Terminating resistors / locking screws
05/20/08 7 ber/ ri 05/27/08 wol/ ri 05/30/08 / csc/ ri
2.0
Introduction Module 56721 Cube67+ BN-P Modul 56752 IOL distribution box
04/17/09 /vk / ri
2.1 Module 56450 Cube20 BN67
06/04/09 / vk / ri
2.2 Module 56 761 Cube67+ RS 02/05/10 7 ri/sturm
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 22
2.3
New modules: 56 711, 56 721, 56 731, 56 741, 56 749 Data format (according to the onlinecatalog): 56700 15 Bit plus sign 56701 15 Bit plus sign 56710 11 Bit 56711 11 Bit 56720 11 Bit 56721 11 Bit 56730 15 Bit 56731 15 Bit 56740 15 Bit plus sign 56741 15 Bit plus sign 56748 15 Bit plus sign 56749 15 Bit plus sign
07.05.2010 / ri/sturm
2.4 Adaption to DE, EMC Adaption and new standards
24.08.2010 sturm/ri
Notes:
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 23
Important Information
Symbols and Icons
This manual contains information and instructions you must comply with in order to maintain safety and
avoid personal injury or damage to property. They are identified as follows:
Notes indicate important information.
Warnings contain information that, if you ignore this information, may cause
damage to equipment or other assets or, if you fail to comply with safety precautions, may constitute a danger to the user's health and life.
These instructions are recommendations issued by Murrelektronik.
Intended Purpose
Read this manual carefully before startup of the equipment. Keep it in a location that is accessible to all
users at all times.
The products that are described in this manual were developed, manufactured, tested, and documented
in compliance with the relevant safety standards. In normal cases, these products do not constitute any
danger to persons or objects, provided the handling specifications and safety instructions described in
this manual are observed.
They meet the requirements of the EMC directive (2004/108/EEC).
WARNING!
Devices from the IMPACT20 series are not safety devices conforming to the
relevant standards.
Do not use the OFF state of the outputs to implement safety-related requirements of the system/machine.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 24
The products are designed for industrial use. An industrial environment is defined as one in which loads
are not connected directly to the public low-voltage power grid. Additional measures must be taken if the
products are used in private, business, or trade environments.
The safe, troublefree functioning of the products requires proper transportation, storage, mounting, and
installation, and careful operation. Operation of the devices for their intended purposes is only guaranteed
when the enclosures are fully mounted. If aggressive media are used, check their material resistance
depending on the application.
Current safety and accident prevention laws valid for a specific application must be observed for the
configuration, installation, setup, maintenance, and testing of the devices. The power supply must
correspond to SELV or PELV standards. Power sources in accordance with EN 61558-2-6 (transformer)
or EN 60950-1 (switched-mode power supply) meet these requirements.
Only use cables that meet the requirements and regulations for safety, electromagnetic compatibility, and,
if necessary, telecommunications terminal equipment specifications.
Information on the cables and accessories that are suitable for use with this
product are contained in the Appendix to this manual.
Qualified Personnel
Only qualified, trained electricians knowledgeable in the safety standards of automation systems may
configure, install, set up, maintain, and test the devices. The requirements concerning qualified personnel
are dependent on the requirements profiles described in ZVEI and VDMA. For this reason, electricians
must know the contents of the manual "Weiterbildung in der Automatisierung" (Further Training in
Automation Systems) published by ZVEI and VDMA published by Maschinenbau-Verlag, Post Box
710864, 60498 Frankfurt, Germany) before installing and maintaining the devices. These are specialists
who are capable of assessing the work to be done and the possible dangers on account of their technical
training, knowledge, experience, and knowledge of the relevant standards; or who have an identical level
of knowledge equivalent to technical training since they have worked in the same area for many years.
Only Murrelektronik technical personnel are allowed to execute work on the hardware and software of our
devices, if they are devices not described in this manual.
ATTENTION:
Unqualified tampering with the hardware or software, or failure to observe the
warnings cited in this manual may result in severe personal injury or damage to property.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 25
1. Installation
1.1 Assembly instructions
1.1.1 Base and mounting position
The modules of the Cube67 series can be attached directly to an installation panel or a machine. Two
mounting holes are provided for this purpose.
Before attaching the module, it must be assured that the mounting surface is smooth and flat to prevent
mechanical stress in the module housing.
There are no resctrictions regarding the module positioning.
When using a Cube20 BN67, our Cube20 connection, please observe the Cube20 assembly instructions.
Fig. 1: Mounting position
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 26
1.1.2 Number of components
1.1.2.1 Cube67
Max. 16 expansion modules per bus node are possible.
You can connect a maximum of 4 expansion modules to each of the 4 bus node connections.
The slots 0,1,2,3 are freely selectable.
1.1.2.2 Cube67+
Max. 20 expansion modules per bus node are possible. (10 per 2x segment)
The modules can be connected to the segments in any arrangement, however, not more than 10 modules
per segment.
The sockets 0,1,2,3 are used according to their order.
Attention! Unused sockets have to be fitted with a terminating resistor!
Fig. 2: Cube67+
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 27
1.1.2.3 Cube20
Up to 3 expansion modules can be connected to a Cube67 to Cube20 system expansion. The parts are
linked together by connecting the ribbon cable.
Fig. 3: Cube20
1.1.3 Spacing
We recommend observing the minimum spacing according to Tab. 1: to ensure correct installation of
Cube67 and Cube67+.
Tab. 1: Minimum Spacing for Assembly
Minimum spacing A B
Connector straight 3 mm 3 mm
Connector 90° 50 mm 50 mm
Fig. 4: Minimum spacings
0
1
3
2
4
5
7
6
0
1
3
2
4
5
7
6
A B
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 28
For mounting Cube20 BN67
Fig. 5: Minimum spacings
1.1.4 Length of lines
1.1.4.1 Cube67
The maximum line length is 5 m. (Without MICO or other devices that switch off selectively)
The maximum line length is 10 m. (With circuit protection by MICO or other devices that switch off
selectively)
1.1.4.2 Cube67+
The maximum segment length is 30 m.
The lengths within the line are freely selectable, however, the sum per segment must not exceed 30 m.
1.1.4.3 Cube20
The extension of the Cube20 BN67 depends on the Cube67 or Cube67+ system.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 29
1.1.5 Module dimensions
Art. No. Description Mouning height [mm]
Installation width [mm]
Mounting depth1 [mm]
Bus node 56 501 Cube67 BN-P 151 50 51 56 502 Cube67 BN-DN 151 50 51 56 507 Cube67 BN-DN V2 151 50 51 56 504 Cube67 BN-C 151 50 51 56 505 Cube67 BN-E 151 50 51 56 521 Cube67+ BN-P 151 62 40.5 56 531 Cube67 BN-P Hybrid 151 50 51 Modules 56 450 Cube20 BN67 DIO8 116.5 56 46.5 56 117 Cube20 DO16 116,5 56 46,5 For more Cube20 expansions please
refer to the Cube20 System Manual (Art. No. 56030)!
56 600 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 126 50 35 56 601 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 126 50 35 56 602 Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 126 50 35 56 603 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 126 50 35 56 605 Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 126 50 35 56 606 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN 126 50 35 56 610 Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 126 30 35 56 611 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 151 30 35 56 612 Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 126 30 35 56 613 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 151 30 35 56 616 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN 151 30 35 56 620 Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 126 30 35 56 621 Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 151 30 35 56 622 Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 126 30 35 56 623 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 151 30 35 56 626 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN 151 30 35 56 631 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1ª 151 30 35 56 640 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6ª 126 50 35 56 641 Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) 151 116 35 56 650 Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3 151 30 35+ 56 65003 Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3 151 30 35 56 651 Cube67 DO16 E Valve 151 30 35 56653 Cube67 DO16 E MAC (0.5A) 124 36 40 56 655 Cube67 DO8 E Valve 151 30 35
1The mounting depth is without connected cables. Please consider also the bend radius of the cables.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 30
Art. No. Description Mouning height [mm]
Installation width [mm]
Mounting depth1 [mm]
56 656 Cube67 DO32 E Valve 0.5° 151 30 35 56 6002 Cube67 DO32 E Valve 0.5A / with 2m 151 30 35 56 657 Cube67 DO32 E MAC 124 36 40 56 661 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable 151 30 35 5666100 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable 2m 151 30 35 56 662 Cube67 DIO16 E Cable 0.5ª 151 30 35 56 663 Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5° 151 30 35 Modules 56 671 Cube67 DI16/DO16 E Cable 0.5A 151 30 35 56 681 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box 130 94 81 56 691 Cube67DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail 113 54 45 56 700 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) 126 30 35 56 701 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) 151 30 35 56 710 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) 126 30 35 56 720 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) 126 30 35 56 730 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) 126 30 35 56 740 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD 126 30 35 56 748 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH 126 30 35 56 750 Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12 126 30 35 56 752 Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 126 50 35 56 760 Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12 126 30 35 56 761 Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 151 30 35 56 765 Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 126 50 35 56 771 Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 151 30 35 56 955 Cube67 PD 7/8" 151 30 35 56 960 Cube67 Repeater PROFIBUS DP 151 30 35
Tab. 2: Overview Module Dimensions
For dimension drawings see chapter Fehler! Verweisquelle konnte nicht gefunden
werden. Technical Data.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 31
1.1.6 Mounting positions
Cube67 Bus Node bottom part Cube67+ bus node Art. No.: 56 501, 56 502, 56 504, 56 505,
56 507, 56 531 Art. No.: 56 521
A
A
A Mounting hole A Mounting hole B Mounting hole and functional earth
Cube20 connectionArt. No.:
56 450, 56 117
A DIN rail mounting
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 32
8xM12 Modules 4xM12 ModulesArt. No.:
56 600, 56 601, 56 602, 56 603, 56 640, 56 605, 56 606, 56 752 56 765
Art. No.: 56 610, 56 611, 56 612, 56 613, 56 616, 56 631, 56 700, 56 701, 56 710, 56 720, 56 730, 56 740,56 748, 56 750, 56 760, 56 761, 56 771
B
C
A
C
A
BB
A Mounting hole under the label plate A Mounting hole under the label plate B Mounting hole and functional earth B Mounting hole and functional earth C Additional mounting hole (optionally)
8xM8 Modules 16xM12 Modules Art. No.: 56 620, 56 621, 56 622,
56 623, 56 626 Art. No.: 56 641
A
BB
A Mounting hole under the label plate A Mounting hole
B Mounting hole and functional earth B Mounting hole and functional earth
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 33
Power distributor 4xM12 Valve, CableArt. No.: 56 955 Art. No.: 56 650, 56 65003, 56 651, 56 655,
56 656, 56 661, 56 662, 56 663; 5666100
B
A
Out
US UAIn
++49(0) 719147-0
Cube67DO16 E ValveArt.-No. 56651
Diag
A
B B
A Mounting hole A Mounting hole under the label plate B Mounting hole and functional earth B Mounting hole and functional earth Terminal Block Box Terminal Block Rail Art. No.: 56 681 Art. No.: 56 691
In Out
A
A
A
A
++49(0)719147-0
Cube67DIO8/DI8 E TB Box
Art.-No. 56681
01 02 03 04 05 06 07
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
00
X0
X1
US
OV
A Mounting hole 79x115 mm A DIN rail mounting
Tab. 3: Overview of mounting holes
A
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 34
1.2 Mounting the Cube67 Bus Node
Initial conditions Mounting material Required tools • Smooth and flat mounting
surface.
• The system is dead
(cut off).
• 2 fixing screws with a
diameter of 4 mm
• 2 lock washers DIN 433
T1/T2
• Screwdriver,
middle-sized
• Mounting diagram see Fig. 9:
1.2.1 Mounting the Cube67 bus node basic module
• Install the module with the two 4 mm fixing screws at the two
fixing holes. The tightening torque is 2 Nm.
Fig. 6: Mounting position BN Cube67
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 35
1.2.2 Adjust fieldbus address and if required Baud rate
• The address of the bus node is set via a rotary switch. For further information see the bus system
manual of the respective fieldbus system.
Fig. 7: Rotary switch BN Cube67
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 36
1.2.3 Connect functional earth to the Cube67 bus node
Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories • The module has to be
disconnected.
• Screwdriver
• Insulation tool
• Crimping pliers
• Fixing screw
• Cable lug with eye connector
• Earthing cable (flexible wire)
The FE2 connection is under the cap of the bus node.
FE connection
Fig. 8: FE connection at the cap of the bus node Cube67
The connection to the functional earth must be kept as short as possible, in
conformity with EMC specifications.
2 FE - Functional ground
1,2 Nm0,2EJOT
∅3
+ 10,7 ib-in1,8+ -
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 37
1.2.4 Mounting the cap of the Cube67 bus node
Set the fieldbus address and, depending on the fieldbus used, set the Baudrate
before mounting the cap. The rotary switch is no longer accessible when the cap is mounted. We recommend labeling one of the label plates with the fieldbus address
used.
Fig. 9: Mounting the Cap of the Bus Node Cube67
1 3 captive fixing screws 4 Address switch
2 Cap 5 Baud rate switch (only DeviceNet / CANopen)
3 FE3 connection (bottom view) 6 base module
3 FE - Functional ground
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 38
Step by Step:
1. Connect the FE cable on the bottom of the cap.
2. Mount the cap onto the base module. Take care not to tilt the cap.
3. Three captive fixing screws are integrated into the cap. Tighten them down. The tightening torque for
these screws is 1.0 Nm.
1.2.5 Example mounting BN Cube67
IP67 protection is only guaranteed when the cap is screwed to the base module
and all sockets are wired up or provided with cables or blind plugs.
Fig. 10: Example mounting BN Cube67
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 39
1.3 Mounting the Cube67+ Bus Node
Initial conditions Mounting material Required tools
• Smooth and flat mounting
surface.
• The system is dead
(cut off).
• 2 fixing screws with a diameter
of 4 mm
• 2 lock washers DIN 433 T1/T2
• Screwdriver,
middle-sized
1.3.1 Mounting the Cube67+ bus node
1. Install the module with the two 4 mm fixing screws at the two fixing holes.
The tightening torque is 2 Nm.
2. The FE wire is connected to point 1. Please see the chapter "Connecting functional earth to the
Cube67+ bus node"!
Fig. 11: Mounting position BN Cube67+
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 40
1.3.2 Connect functional earth to the Cube67+ bus node
Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories
• The module has to be
disconnected.
• Screwdriver
• Insulation tool
• Crimping pliers
• Fixing screw
• Cable lug with eye connector
• Earthing cable (flexible wire)
Fig. 12: FE connection at the bus node Cube67+
The connection to the functional earth must be kept as short as possible, in
conformity with EMC specifications.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 41
1.3.3 Adjust fieldbus address and if required Baud rate
• The address of the bus node is set via a rotary switch. For further information see the bus system
manual of the respective fieldbus system.
• After the address is set, the lid has to be replaced and the screws must have to be tightened
with 0.3 Nm.
Fig. 13: Rotary switch BN Cube67+
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 42
1.3.4 Example mounting BN Cube67+
IP67 protection is only guaranteed when all sockets are wired up, provided with
terminating resistors or with blind plugs.
Fig. 14: Mounting example
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 43
1.4 Mounting the Cube67 I/O modules
Initial conditions Mounting material Required tools
• Smooth and flat mounting
surface.
• Mind the max. number of
modules! (depends on the
bus node)
• The system is dead
(cut off).
• 2 fixing screws with a diameter
of 4 mm
• 2 lock washers DIN 433 T1/T2
• Screwdriver,
middle-sized
1.4.1 Mounting the module
Some of the mounting holes are located under the label plates. In this case you have to remove the
corresponding label plates with the screwdriver.
How to remove a label plate
Place the screwdriver at an angle to the small opening at the label plate and lever the label out.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 44
1.4.2 Connecting functional earth
Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories
• The module has to be
disconnected.
• Screwdriver
• Insulation tool
• Crimping pliers
• Fixing screw
• Cable lug with eye connector
• Earthing cable (flexible wire)
The connection to the functional earth must be kept as short as possible, in conformity with EMC specifications.
1. Attach the cable connected to functional earth at point B. Use a cable lug with eye connector to
ensure an appropriate connection between functional earth and the module. The connection to the
functional earth must be kept as short as possible, in conformity with EMC specifications.
2 NmM4+- 0,5
Fig. 15: Connection to the functional earth
For single-row modules and modules with M8 sockets the mounting hole for the
connection of functional earth is located under the label plate.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 45
Fig. 16: Single-row modules and modules with M8 sockets
The Cube67 DIO8/DI8 TB Box/Rail Art. No. 56 681/56 691 module does not feature a
connection for functional earth.
2. Attach the module to the two mounting points with the two 4 mm fixing screws
(tightening torque: 2 Nm).
Some modules have more than 2 mounting holes. Preferably use the mounting
holes A or B. The (optional) mounting holes C are located to match the mounting
holes of Murrelektronik passive distribution boxes. This facilitates replacing
passive distribution boxes by Cube67 modules. The mounting holes C can also be
used to increase the mechanical stability, especially in environments with
vibrations.
3. Reinsert the previously removed label plates into the corresponding recesses of the module by
applying slight pressure.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 46
If the I/O modules are mounted on profiles made of anodized aluminum, additional
measures are required to ensure a low-impedance connection of point B to the aluminum profile. A ground strap (Art. No.4000-71001-0410004) attached to point B
and a self-cutting sheet-metal screw in the aluminum profile enable a permanent
and low-impedance connection. Furthermore, make sure the aluminum profile has
a low-impedance connection to the FE.
Fig. 17: I/O modules mounted on profiles made of anodized aluminium
Fixing screw Washer Ground strap
Self-cutting metal-sheet screw Washer Lock washer Ground strap Aluminum profile
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 47
1.5 Mounting the Cube20 connection and the Cube20 I/O modules
Fig. 18: DIN rail and terminal assembly
SNA
P O
N
REM
OVE
TER
MIN
ALS
W
IRIN
G
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 48
1.6 Connections
1.6.1 Bus node
1.6.1.1 Overview of connections Cube67 BN-P (Art. No. 56 501)
US UA 0
1
2
3
US UA
US UA
US UA
Bus
Run
Cfg
F
Power
In Out
Bus
Cube67 BN-PArt.-No. 56501
++49(0)719147-0
ADRx10
ADRx1
Cube67 BN-PArt.-No. 56501
++49(0)719147-0
US UA 0
1
2
3
US UA
US UA
UAUS
Fig. 19: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-P
Address switch for setting the PROFIBUS device address Bus In (incoming PROFIBUS connection) Bus Out (outgoing PROFIBUS connection) Power supply connection Cfg F LED (indicator PROFIBUS configuration error) Bus Run LED (indicator PROFIBUS status) Connection for the internal system connection line 0 to 3
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 49
1.6.1.2 Overview of connections Cube67+ BN-P (Art. No. 56 521)
Fig. 20: Overview of Connections Cube67+ BN-P
1 Bus In (incoming PROFIBUS connection) 2 Bus Out (outgoing PROFIBUS connection) 3 Address switch for setting the PROFIBUS device address 4 Power supply connection 5 Cfg F LED (indicator PROFIBUS configuration error) 6 Bus Run LED (indicator PROFIBUS status) 7 Connection for the internal system connection line 0 to 3
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 50
1.6.1.3 Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN (Art. No. 56 502)
0 1 2345678
90 1 234567
8
9
0 1 234567
8
9
NAx10
NAx1
DR
Cube67 BN-DNArt.-No. 56502
++49(0)719147-0
US UA 0
1
2
3
US UA
US UA
UAUS
US UA 0
1
2
3
US UA
US UA
UAUS
Power
In Out
Bus
MS
NS
++49(0)719147-0
Power
In Out
Bus
MS
NS
Cube67 BN-DNArt.-No. 56502
++49(0)719147-0
Fig. 21: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN
1 Address switch for setting the DeviceNet device address 2 Rotary switch for setting the DeviceNet Baud rate 3 Bus In (incoming DeviceNet bus connection) 4 Bus Out (outgoing DeviceNet bus connection) 5 Power supply connection 6 NS LED (indicator network status) 7 MS LED (indicator modules status) 8 Connection for the internal system connection sockets 0 to 3
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 51
1.6.1.4 Overview of connection Cube67 BN-C (Art. No. 56 504)
Fig. 22: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-C
1 Address switch for setting the CANopendevice address 2 Rotary switch for setting the CANopen Baud rate 3 Bus In (incoming CANopen bus connection) 4 Bus Out (outgoing CANopen bus connection) 5 Power supply connection 6 Error LED (indicator network status) 7 Run LED (indicator modules status) 8 Connection for the internal system connection sockets 0 to 3
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 52
1.6.1.5 Overview of connections Cube67 BN-E (Art. No. 56 505)
Fig. 23: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-E
1 Address switch for setting the Ethernet device address 2 Bus (Ethernet bus connection 4-pole, D-coded) 3 Power supply connection 4 NS LED (indicator network status) 5 MS LED (indicator modules status) 6 Connection for the internal system connection sockets 0 to 3
NS MS
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 53
1.6.1.6 Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN V2 (Art. No. 56 507)
0 1 234567
8
90 1
234567
8
9
0 1 234567
8
9
NAx10
NAx1
DR
Cube67 BN-DN Art.-No. 56507
U U 0
1
2
3
U U
U U
UU
U U 0
1
2
3
U U
U U
UU
Power
In Out
Bus
MS NS
Power
In Out
Bus
MS NS
Cube67 BN-DN Art.-No. 56507
Fig. 24: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN
1 Address switch for adjusting the DeviceNet device address 2 Rotary switch for setting the DeviceNet Baud rate 3 Bus In (incoming DeviceNet bus connection) 4 Bus Out (outgoing DeviceNet bus connection) 5 Power supply connection 6 NS LED (indicator network status) 7 MS LED (indicator module status) 8 Connection for the internal system connection sockets 0 to 3
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 54
1.6.1.7 Overview of connections Cube67 BN-P Hybrid (Art. No. 56 531)
Fig. 25: Overview of connections Cube67 BN-P Hybrid
1a 1b
2 23 3
1a
24V UNSContact 1
Profibus A
Contact 2,3
1 14 4
1a 1b
1b Profibus B
24V US
1 +24V UNS2 +24V UNS3 0V4 bus internal5 bus internal6 0V
1
5 3
2
64
0, 2
1 +24V U2 +24V UNS3 0V4 bus internal5 bus internal6 0V
1, 3
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 55
1 Address switch for setting the PROFIBUS device address 2 Bus In (incoming PROFIBUS connection) 3 Bus Out (outgoing PROFIBUS connection) 4 Cfg F LED (indicator PROFIBUS configuration error) 5 Bus Run LED (indicator PROFIBUS status) 6 Connection internal system connection and actuator supply line 0 and 2 7 Conenction actuator supply line 1 and 3
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 56
1.6.2 I/O modules Cube67 and Cube67+
1.6.2.1 Overview of connections Cube67 DI / DIO 8xM12
Art. No. Description 56 600 DIO16 C 8xM12 56 640 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A 56 601 DIO16 E 8xM12 56 60150 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA 56 60151 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA 56 603 DI16 E 8xM12 56 60350 DI16 E 8xM12 VA
Fig. 26: Connections Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 - Art. No. 56 600
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) of Cube67 DI16 E Connection for the internal system connection of Cube67 DIO16 C
2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) of Cube67 DI16 E Connection external actuator supply of Cube67 DIO16 C
3 Label plate 4 M12 connection for sensors / actuators (internal actuator supply) 5 M12 connection for sensors /actuators (external actuator supply)
0
1
3
2
4
5
7
6
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 57
1.6.2.2 External actuator supply Art. No. 56 600 (Art. No. 56640)
The parameterized outputs are supplied via the external actuator supply at the odd-numbered sockets 1,
3, 5 and 7 (channels 01, 03, 05, 07, 11, 13, 15, 17). Connect the external actuator supply if you want to
use outputs on these channels.
Configuration Contact No. Signification
Plug
1 Actuator supply + 24 V DC
6 Ground
Sock
et
1 Actuator supply + 24 V DC
6 Ground
Fig. 27: Configuration external actuator supply
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 58
1.6.2.3 Overview of Connections Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12
Fig. 28: Connections Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 752 and 56 765
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 M12 connection for sensors / actuators (internal actuator supply) 5 M12 connection for sensors / actuators and I/O link (internal actuator supply)
Art. No. Description 56 752 DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 56 765 DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 59
1.6.2.4 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A)
Fig. 29: Connections Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) – Art. No. 56 641
1 7/8" connection for supplying the external actuator supply 2 7/8" connection for extending the external actuator supply 3 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) of Cube67 DIO E 4 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) of Cube67 DIO E 5 Label plate 6 M12 connection for sensors / actuators (internal actuator supply) 7 M12 connection for sensors /actuators (external actuator supply)
Art. No. Description
56 641 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12
(1.6/2A)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 60
1.6.2.5 Overview of Connections Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 (Art. No. 56 602)
0
1
3
2
4
5
7
6
Fig. 30: Connections Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 - Art. No. 56 602
1 Connection for the internal system connection 2 Label plate 3 M12 connection for sensors (even-numbered sockets) 4 M12 connection for sensors (uneven-numbered sockets)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 61
1.6.2.6 Overview of Connections Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 (Art. No. 56 605)
U
A1 A2
0 10 1
0 10 1
0 10 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
In
Out
Out
In
UU P
Fig. 31: Connections Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 – Art. No. 56605
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Connection 2 x actuator supply galvanically separated (incoming) 4 Connection 2 x actuator supply (outgoing) 5 Connection 12x actuators
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 62
1.6.2.7 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12, DI8 C 4xM12
Art. No. Description 56 610 DIO8 C 4xM12 56 612 DI8 C 4xM12
Fig. 32: Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12
1 Connection for the internal system connection 2 Label plate 3 M12 connection for sensors/actuators
1.6.2.8 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12, DI8 E 4xM12
Art. No. Description 56 611 DIO8 E 4xM12 56 61150 DIO8 E 4xM12 VA 56 613 DI8 E 4xM12 56 616 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN 56 631 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A
Fig. 33: Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) Label plate M12 connection for sensors / actuators (internal actuator supply)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 63
1.6.2.9 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 620)
0 10 10 10 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
Fig. 34: Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 - Art. No. 56 620
1 Connection for the internal system connection Label plate M8 connection for sensors/actuators
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 64
1.6.2.10 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 621) and Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 VA (Art. No. 56 62150)
Fig. 35: Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 621
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) Label plate M8 connection for sensors or actuators (internal actuator supply)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 65
1.6.2.11 Overview of Connections Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 622)
0 10 10 10 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
Fig. 36: Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 - Art. No. 56 622
1 Connection for the internal system connection Label plate M8 connection for sensors
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 66
1.6.2.12 Overview of Connections Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 623)
Fig. 37: Connections Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 623
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 M8 connection for sensors
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 67
1.6.2.13 Overview of Connections Cube67 DO16 CValve K3 (Art. No. 56 650)
Fig. 38: Connections Cube67 DO16 E Valve K3 – Art. No. 56650
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection 4 x actuator supply 3 Label plate 4 Connection for FESTO CPV valve cluster
DSub Function Byte x. Bit x Channel 1 Out 1 0.0 U
A1
2 Out 2 0.1 3 Out 3 0.2 4 Out 4 0.3 5 Out 5 0.4 U
A2
6 Out 6 0.5 7 Out 7 0.6 8 Out 8 0.7 9 Out 9 1.0 U
A3
10 Out 10 1.1 11 Out 11 1.2 12 Out 12 1.3 13 Out 13 1.4 U
A4
14 Out 14 1.5 15 Out 15 1.6 16 Out 16 1.7 24 GND 25 GND
Tab. 4: Pin configuration CPV valve control
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 68
1.6.2.14 External actuator supply (Art. No. 56 650)
The four channels (UA1, UA2, UA3, UA4) are supplied via the external actuator supply. Connect the
external actuator supplies if you want to use outputs on these channels.
Configuration
Contact No.
Signification
Plug
1 UA1 actuator supply + 24 V DC
2 UA2 actuator supply + 24 V DC
3 Ground
4 UA3 actuator supply + 24 V DC
5 UA4 actuator supply + 24 V DC
6 Ground
Fig. 39: Configuration external actuator supplies
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 69
1.6.2.15 Overview of Connections Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3 (Art. No. 56 65003)
Fig. 40: Connections Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3 – Art. No. 56 65003
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection 4 x actuator supply 3 Label plate 4 Connection for FESTO CPV valve cluster
DSub Function Byte x. Bit x Channel 1 Out 1 0.0
UA
1
2 Out 2 0.1 3 Out 5 0.4 4 Out 6 0.5 5 Out 9 1.0
UA
2
6 Out 10 1.1 7 Out 13 1.4 8 Out 14 1.5 9 GND
Tab. 5: Pin configuration CPV(9) valve control
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 70
1.6.2.16 External actuator supply (Art. No. 56 65003)
The four channels (UA1, UA2, UA3, UA4) are supplied via the external actuator supply. Connect the
external actuator supplies if you want to use outputs on these channels.
Configuration
Contact No.
SignificationPl
ug
1 UA1 actuator supply + 24 V DC
2 UA2 actuator supply + 24 V DC
3 Ground
4 UA3 actuator supply + 24 V DC
5 UA4 actuator supply + 24 V DC
6 Ground
Fig. 41: Configuration external actuator supplies
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 71
1.6.2.17 Overview of connections Cube67 DO8 – DO32 E Valve,
Art. No. Description 56 651 DO16 E Valve 56 655 DO8 E Valve 56 656 DO32 E Valve 0.5A 56 600 2 DO32 E Valve 0.5A / 2m 56 661 DIO8 E Cable 56 661 00 DIO8 E Cable 2m 56 662 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A 56671 DI16/DO16 E Cable 0.5A
Fig. 42: Overview of connections Cube67 Valve
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 Customized prewired cable
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 72
1.6.2.18 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5A (Art. No. 56 663)
Fig. 43: Connections Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5A – Art. No. 56663
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 M16 socket 4 Label plate
Configuration Contact Signification
M16
soc
ket
P I/O 0 J I/O 1 T I/O 2 S I/O 3 G I/O 4 R I/O 5 E I/O 6 O I/O 7 M 24V A 24V L Gnd U Gnd
Fig. 44: Contact configuration of M16 socket
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 73
1.6.2.19 Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box (Art. No. 56 681)
X3
Fig. 45: Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box – Art. No. 56 681
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Terminal block
X0 Transparent - connection for sensors X1 Transparent - connection for sensors / actuators X2 Brown - sensor supply X3 Blue - ground
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 74
1.6.2.20 Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK – Art. No. 56 68100
01 02 03 04 05 06 07
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
00
X0
X1
++49(0)719147-0
Cube67DIO8/DI8 E TB Box
Art.-No. 56681
In Out
00 01 01 02 02 03 0300
X2
X3
X4
Fig. 46: Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK – Art. No. 56 68100
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Terminal block X0 Transparent - connection for sensors
X1 Transparent - connection for sensors / actuators X2 Brown - sensor supply X3 Blue - ground X4 Gray - potential-free jumper plug
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 75
1.6.2.21 Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail (Art. No. 56 691)
USUA
Cube67DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail
Art.-No. 56691
In Out
X0
X1
X2
X3 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
00
Fig. 47: Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail – Art. No. 56 691
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Terminal block
X0 Transparent - connection for sensors X1 Transparent - connection for sensors / actuators X2 Brown - sensor supply X3 Blue - ground
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 76
1.6.2.22 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U), Art. No. 56 700
Fig. 48: Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 700
1 Connection for the internal system connection 2 Label plate 3 M12 connection for analog sensors / signals (voltage input)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 77
1.6.2.23 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U)
AI4 E 4xM12 (U), Art.-No. 56 701
AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA, Art.-No. 56 70150
Fig. 49: Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U)
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 M12 connection for sensors / actuators (internal actuator supply)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 78
1.6.2.24 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U), Art. No. 56 710
Fig. 50: Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 710
1 Connection for the internal system connection 2 Label plate 3 M12 connection for analog set point adjuster and supply
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 79
1.6.2.25 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U), Art. No. 56 711
Fig. 51: Connections Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 711
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 M12 connection for analog set point adjuster and supply
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 80
1.6.2.26 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I)
AO4 C 4xM12 (I) (Art. No. 56 720)
AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA (Art. No. 56 72050)
Fig. 52: Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I)
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 M12 connection analog set point adjuster (current output) and supply
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 81
1.6.2.27 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I), Art. No. 56 721
Fig. 53: Connections Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 721
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 M12 connection analog set point adjuster (current output) and supply
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 82
1.6.2.28 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I)
AI4 C 4xM12 (I), Art.-No. 56 730
AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA, Art.-No. 56 73050
Fig. 54: Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I)
1 Connection for the internal system connection 2 Label plate 3 M12 connection for analog sensors / signals (current input)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 83
1.6.2.29 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 731
Fig. 55: Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 731
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incomming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) Label plate M12 connection for analog sensors / signals (current input)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 84
1.6.2.30 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD
AI4 C 4xM12 RTD, Art.-No. 56 740
AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA, Art.-No. 56 74050
Fig. 56: Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD
1 Connection for the internal system connection 2 Label plate 3 M12 connection for analog thermic measuring resistors
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 85
1.6.2.31 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD (Art.No. 56 741)
Fig. 57: Anschlussübersicht Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incomming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 M12 connection for analog thermic measuring resistors
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 86
1.6.2.32 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH
AI4 C 4xM12 TH, Art.-No. 56 748
AI4 C 4xM12 TH VA, Art.-No. 56 74850
Fig. 58: Overview of connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH
1 Connection for the internal system connection 2 Label plate 3 M12 connection for analog two-wire thermo elements
Use only "ungrounded" sensors in order to ensure the functionality of this module.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 87
1.6.2.33 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH – Art. No. 56 749
Fig. 59: Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 M12 connection for analog two-wire thermo elements
Use only "ungrounded" sensors in order to ensure the functionality of this module.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 88
1.6.2.34 Overview of Connections Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12 (Art. No. 56 750)
Fig. 60: Overview of Connections Cube67 CNT C2 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 750
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 M12 connection for counter 0 5 M12 connection for counter 1
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 89
1.6.2.35 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12
DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12, Art.No. 56 760
Fig. 61: Connections Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12 – Art. No. 56 760
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 M12 connection for sensors / actuators (internal actuator supply) 5 RS485
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 90
1.6.2.36 Connections Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 (Art. No. 56 761)
Fig. 62: Overview of Connections Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 761
A Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)
B Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)
C M12 connection for sensors or actuators (internal actuator supply)
D M12 connection for RS232
E M12 connection for RS485
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 91
1.6.2.37 Overview of Connections Cube67 Logic E 4xM12, Art. No. 56 771
Fig. 63: Overview of Connections Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 771
1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 M12 connection for sensors 5 M12 connection for actuators
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 92
1.6.2.38 Overview of connections Cube67 PD 7/8" - Art. No. 56 955
Fig. 64: Connections Cube67 PD 7/8" - Art. No. 56 955
1 7/8" connection for supplying the external actuator supply 2 Label plate 3 6-pole M12 connection for external actuator supply
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 93
1.6.3 I/O (IP20) modules with pluggable terminals
1.6.3.1 Overview of Connections Cube20 BN67 DIO8
Fig. 65: Connections Cube20 BN67 DIO8 – Art. No. 56 450
For more Cube20 modules and expansion modules see the Cube20 system manual (Art.
No. 56030) or our catalog / online shop at:
onlineshop.murrelektronik.com
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 94
1.6.4 Customer-specific Modules
Customer-specific modules are modules that are based on a standard module and are designed for
customer-specific solutions (e.g. different plugs, cable length).
Art.Nr. Description 56 601 50 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA 56 601 51 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA 56 611 50 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 VA 56 621 50 Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 VA 56 626 50 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN VA 56 603 50 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 VA 56 701 50 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA 56 720 50 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA 56 730 50 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA 56 740 50 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA 56748 50 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH VA 56 651 00 56 600 1
Cube67 DO16 E Valve CPV Cube67 DO16 E Valve CPV 1,4m
56 651 01 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V 56 651 10 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V20/22 56 651 11 Cube67 DO16 E Valve VM10 56 651 12 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V20/22 B 56 651 13 Cube67 DO16 E Valve SMC 56 651 14 Cube67 DO16 E Valve SMC M27 56 651 15 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V20/22 C 56 651 51 Cube67 DO16 E Valve CPV VA 56 651 52 Cube67 DO16 E Valve SMC VA 56 681 00 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK 56 655 00 Cube67 DO8 E Valve CPV 56 655 01 Cube67 DO8 E Valve CPV(9) 56 656 00 Cube67 DO24 E Valve VM10 56 656 01 Cube67 DO24 E Valve MPA 56 656 02 Cube67 DO32 E Valve HF03 56 656 03 Cube67 DO32 E Valve VM10 56 656 04 Cube67 DO23 E Valve SMC 56 656 05 Cube67 DO22 E Valve CPA 56 656 06 Cube67 DO24 E Valve HF04 56 656 07 Cube67 DO24 E Valve SMC M27 56 656 09 Cube67 DO32 E Valve MAC 56 656 10 Cube67 DO32 E Valve Vesta 56 656 11 Cube67 DO22 E Valve Vesta 56 665 00 56 600 0
Cube67 DIO8 E Cable M12 ID Cube67 DIO8 E Cable M12 ID 1,2m
Tab. 6: Overview of customer-specific modules
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 95
1.7 Wiring
We recommend to proceed as follows when wiring the Cube67 system.
Connect:
1. the functional earth of the module to the protective earth. See chapter 2.2. This step should be done
already during assembly. See chapter 0 and 0.
2. the peripheral connections of the I/O modules. See chapter 0 to 1.7.5.
3. the power distributor. See chapter0.
4. the internal system connection. See chapter 1.7.7.
5. the cap of the bus node. See chapter 1.7.10.
When screwing on the connections, you must apply the recommended torque. If
cables are not screwed tightly (fieldbus, internal system connection, I/O
connections), they will often cause failures.
We recommend using the Murrelektronik torque wrench (see accessories) to
ensure correct assembly and the right torque.
ATTENTION:
Inverting Cube67 I/O modules in a system can result in injury or serious damage
to man and/or material.
When comparing planned and actual configuration, the Cube67 system is basically not able to distinguish between identical or replaceable modules.
Therefore it is important, that Cube67 system cables and Cube67 I/O modules are
clearly labelled.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 96
1.7.1 Digital I/O with M12 connection
Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories
• The module has to
be disconnected.
• When using field-wireable
connectors an insulation tool
and a suitable screwdriver are
required.
• Torque wrench for 0.6 Nm
• Pre-wired connectors. See
appendix for article numbers
or
• Field-wireable connectors (3, 4, 5
wires, with cable diameter
≤ 0.75 mm2) with M12 round
plug.
• M12 blind caps for unused M12
sockets.
Tab. 7: Initial conditions
Pin Configuration OutlineSocket (on module) Plug (on cable)
1 24 V sensor supply 2 I/O signal 3 Ground (GND) 4 I/O signal 5 Functional ground
Tab. 8: Configuration M12 plug or M12 socket for digital inputs / outputs
Connecting M12 plugs
1. Insert the M12 plug into the corresponding M12 socket of the I/O module. Make sure that tongue and
groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.
2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.
5
2
3
1
4
21
45
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 97
Connecting Y-connectors
The digital modules provide for two channels per M12 socket. By means of a y-connector they can be
equipped with one sensor/actuator each.
1. Insert the M12 plug into the corresponding M12 socket of the I/O module. Make sure that tongue and
groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.
2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.
ATTENTION:
Unused sockets must be closed off with blind plugs. Otherwise IP 67
protection is not guaranteed.
ATTENTION:
Screw down the plug correctly using the torque wrench! (See accessories)
Screwing down too tightly may destroy the sealing ring, causing loss of leak
tightness!
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 98
1.7.2 Digital I/O modules with M8 connection
Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories
• The module has
to be
disconnected.
• When using field-wireable
connectors an insulation
tool and a suitable
screwdriver are required.
• Pre-wired connectors. See appendix for
article numbers
or
• Field-wireable connectors (3 wires, with
cable diameter ≤ 0.75 mm2) with M8
round plug.
• M8 blind caps for unused M8 sockets.
Tab. 9: Initial conditions
Pin Configuration OutlineSocket (on module) Plug (on cable)
1 24 V sensor supply 3 Ground (GND)
4 I/O signal
Tab. 10: Configuration M8 plug or M8 socket for digital inputs / outputs
Connecting M8 plugs 1. Insert the M8 plug into the corresponding M8 socket of the I/O module. Make sure that tongue and
groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.
2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.
ATTENTION:
Unused sockets must be closed off with blind plugs. Otherwise IP 67 protection is
not guaranteed.
ATTENTION:
Screw down the plug correctly using the torque wrench! (See accessories) Screwing down too tightly may destroy the sealing ring, causing loss of leak
tightness!
3 4
1
1 4
3
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 99
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 100
1.7.3 M16 connection
Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories
• The module has
to be
disconnected.
• When using field-wireable
connectors an insulation
tool and a suitable
screwdriver are required.
• Pre-wired shielded connectors. See
appendix for article numbers.
Tab. 11: Initial conditions
Pin Configuration Outline Socket (on module) Plug (on cable)
P I/O 0
G EPRS
JT
UL
OC
NM
A
J I/O 1 T I/O 2 S I/O 3 G I/O 4 R I/O 5 E I/O 6 O I/O 7 M 24V A 24V L Gnd U Gnd
Tab. 12: Configuration M16 - Socket or M16 - Plug
Connecting M16 plugs
1. Insert the M16 plug into the corresponding M16 socket of the I/O module. Make sure that tongue and
groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.
2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.
GE P RS
J
T
ULO
CN
M
A
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 101
1.7.4 Analog I/O Modules
Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories
• The module has
to be
disconnected.
• When using field-wireable
connectors an insulation
tool and a suitable
screwdriver are required.
Torque wrench with 0.6
Nm (see accessories).
• Pre-wired shielded connectors. See
appendix for article numbers.
• KTY (56 945, 56 946)
or
• Field-wireable shielded connectors (3 or
4 wires, with cable diameter
≤ 0.75 mm2) and M12 round plugs with
shielding.
• M12 blind caps for unused
M12 sockets.
Tab. 13: Initial conditions
Shield connection analog input signal
The shield is connected to the metal thread (not with TH module Art. No. 56 748) of the M12 socket.
Therefore, we recommend using only M12 connectors with metal thread. Connect the shield to the metal
housing in the connector. Pre-wired connectors are already equipped accordingly. See chapter 3.1
General accessories for article nos. of shielded M12 connectors for field wiring.
Pin Configuration (Analog IN)
Configuration (Analog OUT)
Configuration (Analog IN RTD)
Configuration (TH)
Outline Socket (on module)
Plug (on cable)
1 24 V sensor supply
24 V sensor supply
Power source (red) KTY +
21
345
5
2
3
1
4
2 Analog input + not used Input 3/4 wire Input TH+ 3 Ground (GND) Ground (GND) Ground (GND) KTY- 4 Analog input - Analog output Input 4 wire Input TH- 5 not used not used not used not used
Tab. 14: Configuration M12 plug or M12 socket for analog I/Os
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 102
Connecting M12 plugs
1. Insert the M12 plug into the corresponding M12 socket of the I/O module. Make sure that tongue and
groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.
2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.
ATTENTION:
Unused sockets must be closed off with blind plugs. Otherwise IP 67 protection is
not guaranteed.
ATTENTION:
Screw down the plug correctly using the torque wrench! (See accessories)
Screwing down too tightly may destroy the sealing ring, causing loss of leak
tightness!
1.7.5 I/O modules with field-wireable connection
1.7.5.1 Terminal Block Box / Rail (Art. No. 56 681 / 56 691)
Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories
• The module has
to be
disconnected.
• Insulation tool, crimping
tool and screwdriver small
/ mid-sized appropriate for
the spring clamp terminal
• Field-wireable connectors or cable
(cable diameter ≤ 1.5 mm2), suitable
cable glands (see accessories)
Tab. 15: Initial conditions
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 103
Terminal assignments
Fig. 66: Terminal assignments
X0 luminous terminal (channel 00 … 07) X1 luminous terminal (channel 00 … 07) X2 Sensor supply voltage (output) X3 Ground
Connecting spring clamp terminals
1. Lead the cable through the opening of the housing and the cable gland
2. Strip the cables (approx. 5 mm) and crip wire end ferrules
3. Lead the cables into the terminals with a screwdriver.
X0
X1
X2
X3
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 104
1.7.5.2 DO16 Valve Art. No. 56 651
Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories
• The module has
to be
disconnected.
• An adequate screwdriver
is useful.
• None, the valve control is supplied with
customized and pre-wired cable end.
Tab. 16: Initial conditions
Chan
nel 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
GN
D
Sen
s
Color
whi
te
brow
n
gree
n
yello
w
gray
pink
blue
red
blac
k
viol
et
gray
/pin
k
red/
blue
whi
te/g
reen
brow
n/gr
een
whi
te/y
ello
w
yello
w/b
row
n
whi
te/g
ray
gray
/bro
wn
Tab. 17: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100)
1.7.5.3 DO8 Valve Art. No. 56 651 and DIO8 Cable Art. No.56 661
Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories
• The module has
to be
disconnected.
• An adequate screwdriver
is useful.
• None, the valve control is supplied with
customized and pre-wired cable end.
Tab. 18: Initial conditions
Chann
el 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 GND Sens
Color
whi
te
brow
n
gree
n
yello
w
gray
pink
blue
red
blac
k
viol
et
Tab. 19: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 105
1.7.5.4 DO32 Valve Art. No. 56 656
Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories
• The module has to
be disconnected.
• An adequate
screwdriver is useful.
• None, the valve control is supplied with
customized and pre-wired cable end.
Tab. 20: Initial conditions
Channel Color 0 white 1 brown 2 green 3 yellow 4 gray 5 pink 6 blue 7 red 8 violet 9 gray/pink 10 red/blue 11 white/green 12 brown/green 13 white/yellow 14 yellow/brown 15 white/gray 16 white/pink 17 pink/brown 18 white/blue 19 brown/blue 20 white/red 21 brown/red 22 white/black 23 brown/black 24 yellow/gray 25 pink/green 26 yellow/pink 27 green/blue 28 yellow/blue 29 green/red 30 yellow/red 31 green/black GND black GND gray/green GND gray/brown Sens yellow/black
Tab. 21: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 106
1.7.5.5 Connecting the Sens cable art. no. 56651, 56655 und 56656
The Sense cable is connected to a second GND pin of the valve cluster. Refer to the documentation of
your valve cluster to find out the pin assignment of the plug.
If the valve cluster is equipped with one GND pin only, the Sense cable has to be bridge with the GND
cable on the module.
1.7.5.6 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A Art. No. 56 662
Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories
• The module has
to be
disconnected.
• An adequate screwdriver
is useful.
• None, the valve control is supplied with
customized and pre-wired cable end.
Tab. 22: Initial conditions
Channel Color0 white 1 brown 2 green 3 yellow 4 gray 5 pink 6 blue 7 red 8 black 9 violet 10 gray/pink 11 red/blue 12 white/green 13 brown/green 14 white/yellow 15 yellow/brownGND white/gray GND gray/brown GND white/pink 24V sensor/0.5A pink/brown
Tab. 23: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 107
1.7.6 Auxiliary supply Cube67 PD 7/8“ – Art. No. 56 955
Initial conditions Required tools
• The module has to be disconnected. • Insulation tool, screwdriver, and a special tool in
case no pre-wired cables are used.
Tab. 24: Initial conditions
Connecting the auxiliary supply 7/8" plug
1. Insert the plug of the power connector into the corresponding socket of the power distributor. Make
sure that tongue and groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.
2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.
Pin 1 0 V
Pin 2 0 V Pin 3 FE Pin 4 unassigned Pin 5 Actuator supply
Fig. 67: Contact assignment of the 7/8" power connector
Fig. 68: Mounting the 7/8" power connector (Mini-style)
The max. cable cross section is 1.5 mm². It is limited to this max. diameter by the
7/8" plug.
POWER
12
3
4 5
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 108
1.7.7 Internal system connection
The internal system connection has 2 functions:
• Power supply of the Cube67 I/O modules.
• Communication between bus node and I/O modules.
Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories
• The module has to be
disconnected.
• M12 mounting key (art. no.
996062)
• Pre-wired connectors. See
appendix for article numbers.
Tab. 25: Initial conditions
Connecting the internal system connection
1. Insert the plug of the internal system connection into the corresponding socket of the I/O module or
the bus node. Make sure that tongue and groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.
2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.
ATTENTION:
Inverting Cube67 I/O modules in a system can result in injury or serious damage to man and/or material.
When comparing planned and actual configuration, the Cube67 system is
basically not able to distinguish between identical or replaceable modules.
Therefore it is important, that Cube67 system cables and Cube67 I/O modules are clearly labelled.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 109
1.7.8 Internal System Connection Terminations
Compact modules have an integrated terminal resistance4 already integraged. If the last module of a line
is a compact module, no additional terminating resistor is required.
If the last module of a line is an expansion module, use always a terminating resistor for this module.
A terminal resistance must be installed on each line of the internal system connection.
If no Cube67 I/O module is connected to an interface of the internal system connection of the bus node,
this interface is not fitted with a terminating resistor but with a blind plug.
Art. No. Description 56 950 Cube67 BT (terminating resistor for the internal system connection) 56 951 Blind plug M12 x 1 Cube67 BP (Quantity: 4 pcs.)
Tab. 26: Overview Art. No. terminating resistor and blink plug
4A compact module has no extension interface for the internal system connection. See also Cube67 system manual.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 110
1.7.9 External actuator supply (only Art. No. 56 600 und 56640)
The parameterized outputs are supplied via the external actuator supply at the odd-numbered sockets 1,
3, 5 and 7 (channels 01, 03, 05, 07, 11, 13, 15, 17). Connect the external actuator supply if you want to
use outputs on one of these channels.
Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories
• The module has to
be disconnected.
• If the external actuator supply is not taken
from the bus node or power distributor, an
insulation tool and a screw driver are
required.
• None.
Tab. 27: Initial conditions
Configuration Contact No. Signification
Plug
1 Actuator supply + 24 V DC
6 GND
Sock
et
1 Actuator supply + 24 V DC
6 GND
Fig. 69: Configuration external actuator supply
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 111
1.7.10 Cap of the bus node
1.7.10.1 Connecting the 7/8" power connector
Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories
• The module has to
be disconnected.
• Insulation tool, screwdriver, and a special
tool in case no pre-wired connectors are
used.
• None.
Tab. 28: Initial conditions
Connecting the auxiliary supply 7/8" plug
1. Insert the plug of the power connector into the corresponding socket of the bus node. Make sure that
tongue and groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.
2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.
Pin 1 0 V
Pin 2 0 V Pin 3 FE Pin 4 Sensor Supply5 Pin 5 Actuator supply
Fig. 70: Pin assignment power connector 7/8" (mini style)
Fig. 71: Mounting the 7/8" power connector (Mini-style)
5 With the Cube67 BN-P bus node, the sensor supply supplies also the bus node electronics.
POWER
12
3
4 5
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 112
The max. cable cross section is 1.5 mm². It is limited to this max. diameter by the
7/8" plug.
The auxiliary power is required to power the actuators and sensors. The electronics of the Cube67
module are supplied via the sensor supply.
ATTENTION:
The 7/8“ connector is designed to carry a maximum current of 9 A per pin.
ATTENTION:
The module may be damaged if the actuator power supply polarity is reversed.
1.7.10.2 Bus connection
For more information on bus connection see the Cube67 Bus System Manual. The following table shows
the article numbers of these manuals.
Fieldbus system Art. No.PROFIBUS DP Cube67 56 980 PROFIBUS DP Cube67+ 56 521 DeviceNet (bus node 56502) 56 981 CANopen 56 982 Ethernet / IP 56 983 DeviceNet (bus node 56507) 56 984 Profinet 56 985
Tab. 29: Art. Nos. of the Bus System Manuals
The DeviceNetV2 bus node (art. no. 56507) features simplified diagnostic indication of the I/O data compared to the DeviceNet bus node (art. no. 56502).
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 113
2. Technical Data
2.1 Cube67 BN-P – Art. No. 56 501
2.1.1 Dimension drawing
5035
125
151
50 22
20,5
Fig. 72: Dimensions Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56 501
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 114
2.1.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56 501Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green 7/8" O-Ring NBR, black Light comb + light ring PC Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information Weight 450 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm M3 fixing screw 1.0 Nm Ejot fixing screw 1.2 Nm Connections Power supply Line 7/8" connector 5-pole PROFIBUS M12 connector (B coded) 5-pole System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
2.1.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56 501Operating voltage 18.0 V ... 30.2 V DC Current consumption approx. 80 mA Sensor Supply Max. current 4 A per slot
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 115
Technical Data Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56 501Max. total current 9 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Actuator supply Nominal current 4 A per slot Max. total current 9 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV (DC power input) asym. ± 1 kV (signal connections)
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 40 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class A QP 47 dBµV/m (230-1000 MHz) class A
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ PROFIBUS
Supported Baud rates 9.6 / 19.2 / 45.45 / 93.75 / 187.5 / 500 / 1500 / 3000 / 6000 / 12000 kBaud
Protocol PROFIBUS DP acc. to IEC 61158 Operating modes Sync- and freeze mode are supported ID number 064D hex PROFIBUS address 0 - 99 adjustable with BCD rotary switch
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 116
2.2 Cube67+ BN-P Art. No. 56 521
2.2.1 Dimension drawing
Fig. 73: Dimensions Cube67+ BN-P Art. No. 56 521
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 117
2.2.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67+ BN-P Art. No. 56 521Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C … 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 85°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green 7/8" O-Ring NBR, black Light comb + light ring PC Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
5 – 70 Hz; const. amplitude 0.75 mm 70 – 500 Hz; const. acceleration 15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information Weight 350 g Torques M12 round Plug Connectors 0.6 +0.1 Nm 7/8'' round plug connector 1.5 0.2 Nm M4 fixing screw 2 ±0.5 Nm Connections Power supply Line 7/8" connector 5-pole PROFIBUS M12 connector (B coded) 5-pole System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
2.2.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67+ BN-P Art. No. 56 521Operating voltage 18.0 V ... 30 V DC Current consumption ≤ 120 mA Sensor Supply Max. current 4 A per slot
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 118
Technical Data Cube67+ BN-P Art. No. 56 521Max. total current 8 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Actuator supply Nominal current 4 A per slot Max. total current 8 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV (DC power input) asym. ± 1 kV (signal connections)
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 40 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class A QP 47 dBµV/m (230-1000 MHz) class A
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ PROFIBUS
Supported Baud rates 9.6 / 19.2 / 45.45 / 93.75 / 187.5 / 500 / 1500 / 3000 / 6000 / 12000 kBaud
Protocol PROFIBUS DP acc. to IEC 61158 Operating modes Sync- and freeze mode are supported ID number 08BF hex PROFIBUS address 0 - 99 adjustable with BCD rotary switch
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 119
2.3 Cube67 BN-P – Art. No. 56 502 , BN-DN – Art. No. 56 507
2.3.1 Dimension drawing
5035
125
151
50 22
20,5
Fig. 74: Dimensions Cube67 BN-DN
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 120
2.3.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 BN-DN Art. No. 56 502 ,Cube67 BN-DN Art. No. 56 507
Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C … 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green 7/8" O-Ring NBR, black Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 450 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm M3 fixing screw 1.0 Nm Ejot fixing screw 1.2 Nm Connections Power supply Line 7/8" connector 5-pole DeviceNet M12 connector (A coded) 5-pole System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
2.3.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 BN-DN Art. No. 56 502,Cube67 BN-DN Art. No. 56 507
Operating voltage 11.0 V ... 30.2 V DC Current consumption approx. 70 mA Sensor Supply Max. current 4 A per slot Max. total current 9 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 121
Technical Data Cube67 BN-DN Art. No. 56 502,Cube67 BN-DN Art. No. 56 507
Actuator supply Nominal current 4 A per slot Max. total current 9 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV (DC power input) asym. ± 1 kV (signal connections)
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ DeviceNet Supported Baud rates 125 / 250 / 500 kBits/sec Protocol DeviceNet acc. to ODVA specification Operating modes Poll / Change of State / Cycle Vendor-ID 640Dez DeviceNet address 0 - 63 adjustable with rotary switch max. No. of output bytes 70 max. No. of input bytes 56 502 200 (incl. diagnostic in utility data) max. No. of input bytes 56 507 170 max. size Explicite Message Service 200
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 122
2.4 Cube67 BN-C – Art. No. 56 504
2.4.1 Dimension drawing
5035
125
151
50 22
20,5
Fig. 75: Dimensions Cube67 BN-C Art. No. 56 504
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 123
2.4.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 BN-C Art. No. 56 504Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green 7/8" O-Ring NBR, black Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 450 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm M3 fixing screw 1.0 Nm Ejot fixing screw 1.2 Nm Connections Power supply line 7/8" connector 5-pole CAN Open M12 connector (A coded) 5-pole System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
2.4.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 BN-C Art. No. 56 504Operating voltage 11.0 V ... 30.2 V DC Current consumption approx. 70 mA Sensor Supply Max. current 4 A per slot Max. total current 9 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 124
Technical Data Cube67 BN-C Art. No. 56 504Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Actuator supply Nominal current 4 A per slot Max. total current 9 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ CAN, CAN Open Supported Baud rates Auto/ 10/ 20/ 50/ 100/ 125 / 250 / 500/ 800/ 1000 kBits/sec Protocol CAN Open DS301 CIA Spezification Operating modes Synchronous Cyclic or Acyclic / Asynchronous Vendor-ID 79 Dec / 4F Hex CAN Open address 1 - 99 adjustable with rotary switch
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 125
2.5 Cube67 BN-E – Art. No. 56 505
2.5.1 Dimension drawing
5035
125
151
50 22
20,5
Fig. 76: Dimensions Cube67 BN-E Art. No. 56 505
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 126
2.5.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 BN-E Art. No. 56 505Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green 7/8" O-Ring NBR, black Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 450 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm M3 fixing screw 1.0 Nm Ejot fixing screw 1.2 Nm Connections Power supply Line 7/8" connector 5-pole Ethernet/IP M12 connector (D coded) 5-pole System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
2.5.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 BN-E Art. No. 56 505Operating voltage 11.0 V ... 30.2 V DC Current consumption approx. 70 mA Sensor Supply Max. current 4 A per slot Max. total current 9 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 127
Technical Data Cube67 BN-E Art. No. 56 505 Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Actuator supply Nominal current 4 A per slot Max. total current 9 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ Ethernet / IP Protocol Ethernet / IP acc. to ODVA Specification Vendor-ID 640Dec Ethernet / IP address see Manual 56 983 Chap. 6.2.1
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 128
2.6 Cube67 BN-P Hybrid – Art. No. 56 531
2.6.1 Dimension drawing
Fig. 77: Dimensions Cube67 BN-P Hybrid Art. No. 56 531
34,5
59
22
151
125
±0,5
20,5
50
25
In
Out
Bus Run
Cfg F
CE
Cube67 BN-PArt.-No. 56351
U U 0 U U
1
2UU U U
3
NS S
NS S
NS S
NS S
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 129
2.6.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 BN-P Hybrid Art. No. 56 531Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green 7/8" O-Ring NBR, black Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information Weight 450 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm M3 fixing screw 1.0 Nm Ejot fixing screw 1.2 Nm Connections Power supply Line HANBrid system connectors PROFIBUS HANBrid system connectors System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
2.6.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 BN-P Hybrid Art. No. 56 531 Operating voltage 18.0 V ... 30.2 V DC Current consumption approx. 80 mA Sensor Supply6 Max. current 4 A per slot Max. total current 9 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms
6 +24V DC module supply, sensor supply and actuator supply of the even-numbered slots (UN-NS)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 130
Technical Data Cube67 BN-P Hybrid Art. No. 56 531 Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors No - Actuators No Actuator supply 7 Nominal current 4 A per slot Max. total current 9 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 40 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class A QP 47 dBµV/m (230-1000 MHz) class A
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ PROFIBUS
Supported Baud rates 9.6 / 19.2 / 45.45 / 93.75 / 187.5 / 500 / 1500 / 3000 / 6000 / 12000 kBaud
Protocol PROFIBUS DP acc. to IEC 61158 Operating modes Sync- and freeze mode are supported ID number 064D hex PROFIBUS address 0 - 99 adjustable with BCD rotary switch
7 +24V DC actuator supply of odd-numbered slots (U-S for emergency circuit) reference potential 0V
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 131
2.7 Cube20 BN67 DIO8 – Art. No. 56 450
2.7.1 Dimension drawing
Fig. 78: Dimensions Cube20 BN67 DIO8 Art. No. 56 450
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 132
2.7.2 Mechanical Data
[Terminal X2] 4 inputs or 4 outputs
[Terminal X3] 4 inputs or 4 outputs
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 133
2.7.3 Electrical data
System connection Cube67: Transfer protocol Internal system Addressing Automatic System connection Cube20: Transfer protocol Internal system Addressing Automatic Power supply: Operating voltage range logic US over M12 18 ... 30.2V DC Current consumption (only US) 100mA Sensor supply UI 18 ... 30.2V DC Actuator supply UA 18 ... 30.2V DC Reverse voltage protection module electronics Yes Reverse voltage protection sensor supply Yes Reverse voltage protection actuator supply Yes Overvoltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Inputs: Delay time for signal change max. 7ms Input characteristics EN 61131-2, Type 3 Galvanic separation 500V Outputs: Actuator current load Max. 0.5A per actuator Cycle frequency Max. 50Hz Cycle frequency with 1 to 3 extension modules Max. 40Hz Lamp load Max. 10W Automatic restart after short circuit Yes Derating at 55°C operating temperature 25 % Sensor power supply:Max. current 0.7A Short circuit protection for sensors with automatic restart
Yes
Reverse polarity protection Yes
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 134
2.8 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 600
2.8.1 Dimension drawing
50
33
39
22 34,5
126
75 73
Fig. 79: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 600
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 135
2.8.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO C 16 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 600 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 210 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
2.8.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 Art. No. 56 600Max. number of inputs 16 Max. Number of outputs 16 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse
Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 136
Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 Art. No. 56 600Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Max. total current 4 A per supply Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 10 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz
Max. switching frequency at resistive load 5 Hz
Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 137
2.9 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12
DIO16 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 601
DIO16 E 8xM12 VA – Art. No. 56 60150
DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60151
2.9.1 Dimension drawing
50
33
39
22 34,5
126
75 73
Fig. 80: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 138
2.9.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 601, Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60150, Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60151
Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Turning parts stainless steel (56 60150,56 60151)
X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)
Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 210 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole 2.9.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 601,Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60150, Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60151
Max. number of inputs 16 Max. number of outputs 16 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 139
Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 601,Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60150, Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60151
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz
Max. switching frequency at resistive load 5 Hz
Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Art. No. 56 60151 Attention! Automatic restart after actuator short circuit! Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 10 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 140
2.10 Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 602
2.10.1 Dimension drawing
50
33
39 22
34,5
126
7573
Fig. 81: Dimensions Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 602
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 141
2.10.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 602 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C … 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 210 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
2.10.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 602Max. number of inputs 16 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse
Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 142
Technical Data Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 602Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 143
2.11 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 603
2.11.1 Dimension drawing
50
33
39
22 34,5
126
75 73
Fig. 82: Dimensions Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 603
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 144
2.11.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 503 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 VA – Art. No. 56 60350
Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Turning parts stainless steel (only 56 60350)
X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)
Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 210 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 NmV Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 145
2.11.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 503Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 VA – Art. No. 56 60350
Max. number of inputs 16 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse
Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 146
2.12 Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 – Art. No. 56 605
2.12.1 Dimension drawing
50
33
39
22 34,5
126
75 73
Fig. 83: Dimensions Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 – Art. No. 56 605
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 147
2.12.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 – Art. No. 56 605 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C … 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 70°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
1 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 15 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 220 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 6 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole External actuator supply 2 x M12 connector (A coded) 5-pole
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 148
2.12.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 – Art. No. 56 605 Number of outputs 12 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption ≤ 50 mA Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 1.6A per channel, 3.2ª per female socket Over voltage protection Yes
Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 0.25 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz
Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1.5 ms EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-4 interference strength
QP 40 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class A QP 47 dBµV/m (230-1000 MHz) class A
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 149
2.13 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 606
2.13.1 Dimension drawing
50
33
39
22 34,5
126
75 73
Fig. 84: Dimensions Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 606
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 150
2.13.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 606 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 210 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 151
2.13.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 606 Max. number of inputs 16 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse
Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, Typ type 2 NPN - switching Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 152
2.14 Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 610
2.14.1 Dimension drawing
30
22
34,5
75
126
5
Fig. 85: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 610
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 153
2.14.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 610 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 125 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
2.14.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 610Max. number of inputs 8 Max. number of outputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse
Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 154
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 610 Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 7 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz
Max. switching frequency at resistive load 5 Hz
Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 155
2.15 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12
DIO8 E 4xM12 - Art.No. 56 611
DIO8 E 4xM12 VA – Art. No. 56 61150
2.15.1 Dimension drawing
30
22
34,575
151
5
Fig. 86: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 156
2.15.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 611,Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 VA Art. No. 56 61150
Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Turning parts stainless steel (only 56 61150)
X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)
Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 145 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
2.15.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 611,Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 VA Art. No. 56 61150
Max. number of inputs 8 Max. number of outputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse
Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 157
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 611,Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 VA Art. No. 56 61150
- Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz
Max. switching frequency at resistive load 5 Hz
Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 158
2.16 Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 612
2.16.1 Dimension drawing
30
22
34,5
75
126
5
Fig. 87: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 612
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 159
2.16.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 612Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 125 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 160
2.16.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 612Max. number of inputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse
Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 5 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 161
2.17 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 613
2.17.1 Dimension drawing
30
22
34,5
7515
1
5
Fig. 88: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 613
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 162
2.17.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 613Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C … 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 145 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 163
2.17.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 613Max. number of inputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse
Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 5 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 164
2.18 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 616
2.18.1 Dimension drawing
30
22
34,5
7515
1
5
Fig. 89: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 616
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 165
2.18.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 616 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C … 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 145 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 166
2.18.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 616 Max. number of inputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse
Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 NPN - switching Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 5 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 167
2.19 Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 620
2.19.1 Dimension drawing
3034,5
22
12675
Fig. 90: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 620
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 168
2.19.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 620Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C … 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 155 g Torques M8 round plug connectors 0.4 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M8 round plug connector 3-pole
2.19.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 620Max. number of inputs 8 Max. number of outputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 30 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse Multifuse (for each M8 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 169
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 620 > 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz
Max. switching frequency at resistive load 5 Hz
Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 170
2.20 Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8
DIO8 E 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 621
DIO8 E 8xM8 VA – Art. No. 56 62150
2.20.1 Dimension drawing
30 22
34,5
151
75
Fig. 91: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 171
2.20.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 621,Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 VA Art. No. 56 62150
Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C … 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Turning parts stainless steel (only 56 61150)
X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)
Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 165 g Torques M8 round plug connectors 0.4 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M8 round plug connector 3-pole
2.20.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 621,Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 VA - Art. No. 56 62150
Max. number of inputs 8 Max. number of outputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 30 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse
Multifuse (for each M8 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 172
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 621,Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 VA - Art. No. 56 62150
- Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz
Max. switching frequency at resistive load 5 Hz
Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 173
2.21 Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 622
2.21.1 Dimension drawing
30 22
34,5
126
75
Fig. 92: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 622
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 174
2.21.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 622Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 155 g Torques M8 round plug connectors 0.4 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M8 round plug connector 3-pole
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 175
2.21.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 622Max. number of inputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 30 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse
Multifuse (for each M8 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 5 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 176
2.22 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 623
2.22.1 Dimension drawing
151
75
3022
34,5
Fig. 93: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 623
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 177
2.22.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 623Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 165 g Torques M8 round plug connectors 0.4 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M8 round plug connector 3-pole
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 178
2.22.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 623Max. number of inputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 30 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse
Multifuse (for each M8 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 5 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 179
2.23 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN – Art. No. 56 626
2.23.1 Dimension drawing
151
75
3022
34,5
Fig. 94: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN – Art. No. 56 626
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 180
2.23.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN – Art. No. 56 626 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 165 g Torques M8 round plug connectors 0.4 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M8 round plug connector 3-pole
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 181
2.23.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN – Art. No. 56 626Max. number of inputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 30 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse
Multifuse (for each M8 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, Typ type 2 NPN – switching Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 5 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 182
2.24 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A – Art. No. 56 631
2.24.1 Dimension drawing
30
22
34,575
151
5
Fig. 95: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A – Art. No. 56 631
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 183
2.24.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A – Art. No. 56 631 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 145 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
2.24.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A – Art. No. 56 631 Max. number of inputs 8 Max. number of outputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse
Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 184
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A – Art. No. 56 631 - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 1 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz
Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz
Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 185
2.25 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A – Art. No. 56 640
2.25.1 Dimension drawing
50
33
39
22 34,5
126
75 73
Fig. 96: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A – Art. No. 56 640
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 186
2.25.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A – Art. No. 56 640 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 210 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
2.25.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A – Art. No. 56 640 Max. number of inputs 16 Max. number of outputs 16 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse
Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 187
Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A – Art. No. 56 640 - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 1.6 A per channel Max. total current 4 A per supply Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz
Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz
Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 188
2.26 Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) – Art. No. 56 641
2.26.1 Dimension drawing
151
± 0,
5
115 ± 0,5
23,5 ± 0,5
35 ± 0,5
75 ±
0,5
5,5
± 0,
5
90 ± 0,5
25 ± 0,5
Fig. 97: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) – Art. No. 56 641
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 189
2.26.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 K3 – Art. No. 56 641 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C..85°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PC (UL94, V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
5 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 15 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 600 g Mounting Screws Connections System connection ICAN 6-Pole M12 I/O connections Max. 1.5 mm² Dimensions Dimensions 151 x 115 x 35
2.26.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 K3 – Art. No. 56 641 Max. number of inputs 16 Max. number of outputs 32 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 100 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket left Overload / short circuit fuse Multifuse (for each M12 socket
left) ≤ 100 mA load Automatic restart
> 100 mA load Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 190
Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 K3 – Art. No. 56 641 Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 1.6 A channel 00-17 / 2ª channel 20-37 Max. total current 4x 8A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz
Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz
Max. lamp load 30W channel 00-17 / 40W channel 20-37 Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics EN 61131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 10 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor / suppressor diode) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 191
2.27 Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3
DO16 C Valve K3 – Art. No. 56 650
DO16 C Valve CPV(9) K3 – Art.-No. 56 65003
2.27.1 Dimension drawing
30
151
22
34,5
5
75
Fig. 98: Dimensions Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3 and Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 192
2.27.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3 – Art. No. 56 650 Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3 – Art. No. 56 65003
Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 70°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
10 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 220 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections customer-specific pre-wired External actuator supply M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 193
2.27.3 Electrical data
Technical Data Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3 – Art. No. 56 650 Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3 – Art. No. 56 65003
Number of outputs 16 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption ≤ 50 mA Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Over voltage protection Yes Cable length 0.5 m (pre-wired) Cable diameter Max. 0.25 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz
Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1.5 ms EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 194
2.28 Cube67 DO16 E Valve
DO16 E Valve - Art. No. 56 651 DO16 E Valve CPV – Art. No. 56 65100;
DO16 E Valve V – Art. No. 56 65101 DO16 E Valve V20/22 – Art. No. 56 65110;
DO16 E Valve VM10 – Art. No. 56 65111 DO16 E Valve CPV (9) – Art. No. 56 65112;
DO16 E Valve CPV VA – Art. No. 56 65150 DO16 E Valve CPV VA – Art. No. 56 65151
2.28.1 Dimension drawing
30
151
22
34,55
75
Fig. 99: Dimensions Cube67 DO16 E Valve
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 195
2.28.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DO16 E Valve – Art. No. 56 651, DO16 E Valve CPV – Art. No. 56 65100, DO16 E Valve V – Art. No. 56 65101, DO16 E Valve V20/22 – Art. No. 56 65110, DO16 E Valve VM10 – Art. No. 56 65111, DO16 E Valve CPV (9) – Art. No. 56 65112, DO16 E Valve CPV VA – Art. No. 56 65150, DO16 E Valve CPV VA – Art. No. 56 65151
Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Turning parts stainless steel (56 60150,56 60151)
X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)
Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 220 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections customer-specific pre-wired
2.28.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 DO16 E Valve – Art. No. 56 651, DO16 E Valve CPV – Art. No. 56 65100, DO16 E Valve V – Art. No. 56 65101, DO16 E Valve V20/22 – Art. No. 56 65110, DO16 E Valve VM10 – Art. No. 56 65111, DO16 E Valve CPV (9) – Art. No. 56 65112, DO16 E Valve CPV VA – Art. No. 56 65150, DO16 E Valve CPV VA – Art. No. 56 65151
Number of outputs 16 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 196
Technical Data Cube67 DO16 E Valve – Art. No. 56 651, DO16 E Valve CPV – Art. No. 56 65100, DO16 E Valve V – Art. No. 56 65101, DO16 E Valve V20/22 – Art. No. 56 65110, DO16 E Valve VM10 – Art. No. 56 65111, DO16 E Valve CPV (9) – Art. No. 56 65112, DO16 E Valve CPV VA – Art. No. 56 65150, DO16 E Valve CPV VA – Art. No. 56 65151
Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 60 mA per channel Over voltage protection Yes (Z diode) Cable length max. 0.5 m (pre-wired) Cable diameter Max. 0.25 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz
Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1 ms Line break Detection via sense cable Art. No. 56 65151 Attention! Automatic restart after actuator short circuit! EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 197
2.29 Cube67 DO8 E Valve
DO8 E Valve – Art.-No. 56 655 DO8 E Valve CPV Art.-No. 56 65500,
DO8 E Valve CPV (9) Art.-No. 56 65501
2.29.1 Dimension drawing
30
151
22
34,5
5
75
Fig. 100: Dimensions Cube67 DO8 E Valve
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 198
2.29.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DO8 E Valve – Art. No. 56 655 , DO8 E Valve CPV Art. No. 56 65500, DO8 E Valve CPV (9) Art. No. 56 65501
Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C…75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 220 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections customer-specific pre-wired
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 199
2.29.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 DO8 E Valve – Art. No. 56 655 ,DO8 E Valve CPV Art. No. 56 65500, DO8 E Valve CPV (9) Art. No. 56 65501
Number of outputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 60 mA per channel Over voltage protection Yes (Z diode) Cable length max. 0.5 m (pre-wired) Cable diameter Max. 0.25 mm² Signal delay 2 … 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz
Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1 ms Line break Detection via sense cable EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 200
2.30 Cube67 (DO24 - DO32) E Valve
DO32 E 0,5 A Valve – Art.-No. 56 656, DO24 E Valve VM10 – Art.-No. 56 65600,
DO24 E Valve MPA – Art.-No. 56 65601, DO32 E Valve HF03 – Art.-No. 56 65602,
DO32 E Valve VM10 – Art.-No. 56 65603, DO23 E Valve SMC – Art.-No. 56 65604,
DO22 E Valve CPA – Art.-No. 56 65605, DO24 E Valve HF04 – Art.-No. 56 65606,
DO24 E Valve SMC M27 – Art.-No. 56 65607
2.30.1 Dimension drawing
30
151
22
34,55
75
Fig. 101: Dimensions Cube67 DO32 E Valve
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 201
2.30.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Art. No.56 656, 56 65600, 56 65601, 56 65602, 56 65603, 56 65604, 56 65605, 56 65606, Art. No. 56 65607
Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 220 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections customer-specific pre-wired
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 202
2.30.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Art. No. 56 656, 56 65600, 56 65601, 56 65602, 56 65603, 56 65604, 56 65605, 56 65606, Art. No. 56 65607
Number of outputs 32 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 70 mA Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (Z diode) Cable length max. 0.5 m (pre-wired) Cable diameter Max. 0.14 mm² Signal delay 2 … 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz
Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1 ms Line break Detection via sense cable EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 203
2.31 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable
DIO8 E Cable – Art. No. 56 661
DIO8 E Cable 2m – 5666100
DIO8 E Cable M12 ID – 56 66500
2.31.1 Dimension drawing
30
151
22
34,55
75
Fig. 102: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E Cable
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 204
2.31.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E Cable – Art. No. 56 661, DIO8 E Cable M12 ID – Art. No. 56 66500
Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 220 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections customer-specific pre-wired
2.31.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E Cable – Art. No. 56 661,DIO8 E Cable M12 ID – Art. No. 56 66500
Max. number of inputs 8 Max. number of outputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 30 mA Sensor Supply Max. total current 1.6 A Overload / short circuit fuse Yes, automatic restart Tripping time <1.5 s and 23°C ambient temperature
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 205
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E Cable – Art. No. 56 661,DIO8 E Cable M12 ID – Art. No. 56 66500
Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 60 mA per channel Over voltage protection Yes (Z diode) Cable length max. 0.5 m (pre-wired) Cable diameter Max. 0.25 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz
Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (Z diode) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
The sensors (Art. No. 56 661) are supplied via the actuator supply.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 206
2.32 Cube67 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A – Art. No. 56 662
2.32.1 Dimension drawing
30
151
22
34,5
5
75
Fig. 103: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 E Cable
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 207
2.32.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A – Art. No. 56 662 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 220 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections customer-specific pre-wired
2.32.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A – Art. No. 56 662 Max. number of inputs 16 Max. number of outputs 16 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 30 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 0.5 A Overload / short circuit fuse
Multifuse ≤ 0.3 A Automatic restart
> 0.3 A Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 208
Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A – Art. No. 56 662 Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) Cable length max. 0.5 m (pre-wired) Cable diameter Max. 0.25 mm² Signal delay 2 … 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz
Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 209
2.33 Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5 A – Art. No. 56 663
2.33.1 Dimension drawing
30
151
75
22
34,5
Fig. 104: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5 A – Art. No. 56 663
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 210
2.33.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5 A – Art. No. 56 663 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
10 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 160 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
2.33.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5 A – Art. No. 56 663 Max. number of inputs 8 Max. number of outputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 30 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA Overload / short circuit fuse
Multifuse ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 211
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5 A – Art. No. 56 663 - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Over voltage protection Yes (Z diode) Cable diameter Max. 0.25 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz
Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 212
2.34 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box
DIO8/DI8 E TB Box, Art. No. 56 681
DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK, Art. No. 56 68100
2.34.1 Dimension drawing
Fig. 105: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 213
2.34.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box – Art. No. 56 681, DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK – Art. No. 56 68100
Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 70°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Basic housing Polystyrene, flame retardant, impact-proof UL 94 Cap Polycarbonate, transparent Colored spring clamp terminal polyamide (not flame retardant) Transparent spring clamp terminal
polyamide (not flame retardant)
Spring clamp terminal contact CuZn, with nickel sublayer and gold plated Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP66 (only in screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
5 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 30 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 280 g Torques Screw connection of cap 1 ± 0.2 Nm Cable glands Cap nut 1 Nm Thread 0.5 + 0.2 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections Spring clamp terminal
When selecting the installation site you have to evaluate the protection class, the
climatical conditions, and possible chemical influences. The following table shows
the chemical resistance of the housing components.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 214
Agr
essi
ve
med
ia
wea
k ac
id
stro
ng a
cid
wea
k al
kali
stro
ng a
lkal
i
alco
hol
benz
ine
benz
ol
min
eral
oil
Die
sel
amm
onia
vege
tabl
e fa
ts
anim
al fa
ts
Basic housing
Cap
Tab. 30: Resistance of the Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box housing materials to agressive media
not resistant conditionally resistant resistant
2.34.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box – Art. No. 56 681, DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK – Art. No. 56 68100
Max. number of inputs 16 Max. number of outputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse
Multi fuse (for each channel) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 215
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box – Art. No. 56 681, DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK – Art. No. 56 68100
Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz
Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class A QP 37 dBµV/m (230-1000 MHz) class A
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 216
2.35 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail – Art. No. 56 691
2.35.1 Dimension drawing
54
117
29
46
Fig. 106: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail – Art. No. 56 691
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 217
2.35.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail – Art. No. 56 691 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 70°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Base plate AlMg Housing AIMg black anodized Contact carrier M12 PLC (UL94 V0), black Contact CuZn, with nickel sublayer and gold plated Colored spring clamp terminal Polyamide (not flame retardant) Transparent spring clamp terminal
Polyamide (not flame retardant)
Spring clamp terminal contact CuZn, with nickel sublayer and gold plated Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP20 (only in screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
5 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 30 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 152 g Torques Screw connection of cap 1 ± 0.2 Nm Cable glands Cap nut 1 Nm Thread 0.5 + 0.2 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections Spring clamp terminal
2.35.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail – Art. No. 56 691 Max. number of inputs 16 Max. number of outputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse
Multi fuse (for each channel) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 218
Technical Data Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail – Art. No. 56 691 Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 2 … 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz
Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz
Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 219
2.36 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 700
2.36.1 Dimension drawing
30
22
34,5
75
126
5
Fig. 107: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 700
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 220
2.36.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) - Art. No. 56 700 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 140 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
2.36.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 700Max. number of inputs 4 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse
Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 221
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 700Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Analog input No Inputs Conversion time approx. 2 ms per channel Conversion type successive approximation Signal delay 2.5 ms + conversion time of the number of active channels PIN 2 positive differential voltage input PIN 4 negative differential voltage input Measuring range -10V to +10V (15 Bits with leading sign bit) 0 to 10 V (15 Bits without sign) max. analog input voltage -12 V or +12 V Input resistance approx. 1 MΩ Data format 15 bits plus sign, Motorola or optionally Intel format relative measuring error ≤ ±0.3% of range limit relative short circuit at 55 °C ≤ ±0.5% of range limit relative short circuit under EMC conditions ≤ ±1% of range limit
Repetition accuracy ≤ ±0.03% relative to the absolute value Calibration self-calibrating Cable length max. 30 m EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC
power input EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 222
2.37 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U)
AI4 E 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 701
AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA– Art. No. 56 70150
2.37.1 Dimension drawing
30
22
34,575
151
5
Fig. 108: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 223
2.37.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 701, Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA – Art. No. 56 70150
Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 145 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
2.37.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 701, Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA – Art. No. 56 70150
Max. number of inputs 4 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse
Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 224
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 701, Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA – Art. No. 56 70150
Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes Inputs Conversion time approx. 2 ms per channel Conversion type successive approximation Signal delay 2.5 ms + conversion time of the number of active channels PIN 2 positive differential voltage input PIN 4 negative differential voltage input Measuring range 0 mA … 20 mA (15 Bits) 4 mA … 20 mA (15 Bits) max. analog input current 22 mA Load resistance approx. 300 Ω Data format 15 bits plus sign, Motorola or optionally Intel format relative measuring error ≤ ±0.3% of range limit relative short circuit at 55 °C ≤ ±0.5% of range limit relative short circuit under EMC conditions ≤ ±1% of range limit
Repetition accuracy ≤ ±0.03% relative to the absolute value Calibration self-calibrating Cable length max. 30 m EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 225
2.38 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 710
2.38.1 Dimension drawing
30
22
34,5
75
126
5
Fig. 109: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 710
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 226
2.38.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 710 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 140 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
2.38.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 710 Max. number of outputs 4 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 75 mA Actuator supply Supply voltage at Pin 1 Max. 1.6 A per M12 socket (total current for complete module max. 4 A) Overload / short circuit fuse yes, with automatic restart after 1 sec. max. cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm2 Reverse polarity protection Module electronics Yes Analog outputs No
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 227
Technical Data Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 710 Outputs Conversion time approx. 1 ms per channel Signal delay approx. 2 ms + conversion time of active channels PIN 4 analog voltage output PIN 2 not used Voltage range -10 V … +10 V (11 Bits with leading sign) 0 … 10 V (11 Bits) max. analog output voltage +10 V or -10V Data format 11 bit, Motorola or optionally Intel format relative error of output value ≤ ±0.3% of range limit relative error of output value at 55 °C ≤ ±0.5% of range limit
relative error of output value under EMC conditions ≤ ±2% of range limit
Load ≥ 500 Ω max. capacitive load 1 µF Response time max. resistive load 0.070 ms max. capacitive load 0.800 ms Nonlinearity ≤ ±0.3% of range limit Output ripple ≤ ±0.3% of range limit Cable length max. 30 m EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
The sensors are supplied via the actuator supply.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 228
2.39 Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 711
2.39.1 Dimension drawing
30
22
34,5
7515
1
5
Fig. 110: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 229
2.39.2 Mechanical Data
Technical Data Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 711 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C…55°C Storage temperature -20°C…75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 170 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0,6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1,1±0,1 Nm Connections System connection IN M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole System connection OUT M12 connector (B coded) 6-pole Sensor connections 4 x M12 – round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
2.39.3 Elektrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 711 Max. number of outputs 4 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 75 mA Actuator supply Supply voltage at Pin 1 Max. 1.6 A per M12 socket (total current for complete module max. 4 A) Overload / short circuit fuse yes, with automatic restart max. cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm2 Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Analog outputs No
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 230
Technical Data Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 711 Bus data Transfer protocol internal Transfer rates 1 MBaud Addressing automatically Outputs Conversion time approx. 1 ms pro Kanal Signal delay approx. 2,5 … 5,5 ms PIN 4 analog voltage output PIN 2 not used Voltage range -10 V … +10 V 0 … 10 V max. analog output voltage +10 V or -10V Data format 11 bit, Motorola or optionally Intel format relative error of output value ≤ ±0.3% of range limit relative error of output value at 55 °C ≤ ±0.5% of range limit
Cable length (I/O) max. 30 m Diagnosis Short circuit analog output > 0,4 V or analog output < -0,4 V EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B
QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
The sensors are supplied via the actuator supply.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 231
2.40 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I)
AO4 C 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 720
AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA – Art. No. 56 72050
2.40.1 Dimension drawing
30
22
34,5
75
126
5
Fig. 111: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 232
2.40.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 720, Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA – Art. No. 56 72050
Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Turning parts stainless steel (only 56 72050)
X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)
Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 150 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
2.40.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 720, Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA – Art. No. 56 72050
Max. number of outputs 4 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Actuator supply Supply voltage at Pin 1 Max. 1.6 A per M12 socket (total current for complete module max. 4 A) Overload / short circuit fuse yes, with automatic restart after 1 sec. max. cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm2 Reverse polarity protection Module electronics Yes Analog outputs No Outputs Conversion time approx. 1 ms per channel Signal delay approx. 2 ms + conversion time of active channels
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 233
Technical Data Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 720, Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA – Art. No. 56 72050
PIN 4 analog current output PIN 2 not used Current range 0 … 20 mA (11 Bits) 4 … 20 mA (11 Bits) max. analog output current 20 mA Data format 11 bit, Motorola or optionally Intel format relative error of output value ≤ ±0.3% of range limit relative error of output value at 55 °C ≤ ±0.5% of range limit
relative error of output value under EMC conditions ≤ ±0.5% of range limit
Load resistance ≤ 500 Ω max. capacitive load 1 µF Response time max. resistive load 0.020 ms max. capacitive load 2.100 ms Nonlinearity ≤ ±0.3% of range limit Output ripple ≤ ±0.3% of range limit Cable length max. 30 m EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
The sensors are supplied via the actuator supply.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 234
2.41 Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 721
2.41.1 Dimension drawings
30
22
34,5
7515
1
5
Fig. 112: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 235
2.41.2 Mechanical Data
Technical Data Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 721 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C…55°C
Storage temperature -20°C…75°C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6 15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information Weight 170 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0,6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1,1±0,1 Nm
Connections System connections IN M12 male plug connector 6-pin
System connections OUT M12 female plug connector 6-pin
Sensor connections 4 x M12 – round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
2.41.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 721Max. number of outputs 4
Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA
Actuator supply Supply voltage at Pin 1 Max. 1.6 A per M12 socket (total current for complete module max. 4 A)
Overload / short circuit fuse yes, with automatic restart
max. cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm2
Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes
- Analog outputs No
Bus data Transfer protocol internal
Transfer rates 1 MBaud
Addressing automatically
Outputs Conversion time approx. 1 ms per channel
Signal delay approx. 2,5 … 5,5 ms
PIN 4 analog current output
Current range 0 …20 mA
4 … 20 mA
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 236
Technical Data Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 721max. analoger output current 20 mA
Data format 11 bit, Motorola or optionally Intel format
relative error of output value ≤ ±0.3% of range limit
relative error of output value at 55 °C ≤ ±0.5% of range limit relative error of output value under EMC conditions ≤ ±0.5% of range limit
Cable length (I/O) max. 30 m
Diagnosis Overload detection > 3.5 mA
Within a range of 4 to 6 mA, the overload diagnostic may not function correctly.
EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD Contakt ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV
EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength QP 30 dBµV/m (30-230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230-1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
The sensors are supplied via the actuator supply.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 237
2.42 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I)
AI4 C 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 730
AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA – Art. No. 56 73050
2.42.1 Dimension drawing
30
22
34,5
75
126
5
Fig. 113: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 238
2.42.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 730, Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA – Art. No. 56 73050
Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C
Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Turning parts stainless steel (only 56 73050)
X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)
Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6 15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information Weight 140 g
Torques
- M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
- M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm
Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
2.42.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 730,Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA – Art. No. 56 73050
Max. number of inputs 4
Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA
Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature
Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes
Inputs Conversion time approx. 2 ms per channel
Conversion type successive approximation
Signal delay 2.5 ms + conversion time of the number of active channels
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 239
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 730,Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA – Art. No. 56 73050
PIN 2 positive differential voltage input
PIN 4 negative differential voltage input
Measuring range 0 mA to 20 mA (15 Bits)
4 mA to 20 mA (15 Bits)
max. analog input current 22 mA
Load resistance approx. 300 Ω
Data format 15 bits, Motorola or optionally Intel format
relative measuring error ≤ ±0.3% of range limit
relative measuring error at 55 °C ≤ ±0.5% of range limit relative measuring error under EMC conditions ≤ ±1% of range limit
Repetition accuracy ≤ ±0.03% relative to the absolute value
Calibration self-calibrating
Cable length max. 30 m
EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV
EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B
QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 240
2.43 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 731
2.43.1 Dimension drawing
30
22
34,5
7515
1
5
Fig. 114: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 241
2.43.2 Mechanical Data
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 731 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C…55°C
Storage temperature -20°C…75°C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6 15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information Weight 170 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0,6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1,1±0,1 Nm
Connections System connections IN M12 male plug connector 6-pin
System connections OUT M12 female plug connector 6-pin
Sensor connections 4 x M12 – round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
2.43.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 731Number of inputs 4
Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA
Sensor supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature
Reverse polarity protection Module electronics Yes
Bus data Transfer protocol internal
Transfer rates 1 MBaud
Addressing automatically
Inputs Conversion time approx. 2 ms per channel
Conversion type successive approximation
Signal delay 4,5 ms … 10,5 ms
Input characteristic EN 61131-2
PIN 2 Positive analog input
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 242
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 731PIN 4 negativ analog input
Measure range 0 mA … 20 mA
4 mA … 20 mA
max. analog input current 23 mA
Load resistance approx. 50 Ω
Data format 15 Bit, Motorola or optionally Intel format
relative measuring error ≤ ±0.3% of range limit
Repetition accuracy ≤ ±0.03% relative to the absolute value
Calibration self-calibrating
Cable length max. 30 m
Diagnosis Upper limit 0 … 20 mA > 20 mA
Overload 4 … 20 mA < 2 mA
Lower limit 4 … 20 mA < 4 mA
EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV
EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 243
2.44 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD
AI4 C 4xM12 RTD – Art. No. 56 740
AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA– Art. No. 56 74050
2.44.1 Dimension drawing
30
22
34,5
75
126
5
Fig. 115: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 244
2.44.2 Mechanical Data
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD – Art. No. 56 740, Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA – Art. No. 56 74050
Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C … 55°C
Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Turning parts stainless steel (only 56 74050)
X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)
Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6 15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information Weight 140 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm
Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
2.44.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD – Art. No. 56 740, Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA – Art. No. 56 74050
Max. number of inputs 4
Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA
Inputs Conversion time 58 ms per channel (total 232 ms), with filter 573 ms (total 2290 ms)
Conversion type Delta/Sigma
Signal delay 58 ms (573 ms) + number of conversion time of active channels
PIN 1 Power source (red)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 245
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD – Art. No. 56 740, Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA – Art. No. 56 74050
PIN 2 3 and 4 wire input (red)
PIN 3 GND (white)
PIN 4 4 wire input (white)
PIN 5 Not used
Measuring resistors Platinum: 100. 200, 500, 1000
Nickel: 100, 120, 200, 500, 1000
Resistance: 0…3000 Ω resist.
Input resistance >1 MΩ
Data format 15 bits plus sign, Motorola or optionally Intel format
relative measuring error ≤ ±0.5% of range limit, nickel 1%
relative measuring error at 55 °C ≤ ±0.5% of range limit, nickel 1% relative measuring error under EMC conditions ≤ ±5% of range limit
Calibration self-calibrating
Cable length max. 30 m
EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV
EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B
QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 246
2.45 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD – Art. No. 56 741
2.45.1 Dimension drawing
30
22
34,5
7515
1
5
Fig. 116: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 247
2.45.2 Mechanical Data
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD – Art. No. 56 741 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C…55°C
Storage temperature -20°C…75°C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6 15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information Weight 170 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0,6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1,1±0,1 Nm
Connections System connections IN M12 male plug connector 6-pin
System connections OUT M12 female plug connector 6-pin
Sensor connections 4 x M12 – round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
2.45.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD – Art. No. 56 741 Number of inputs 4
Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA
Power supply Operating voltage UB and sensor supply 24 V IN
24 V DC (must always be connected)
Operating voltage range 18 ... 30 V DC
Summenstrom (ohne Inputs) ≤ 50 mA
Bus data Transfer protocol internal
Transfer rates 1 MBaud
Addressing automatically
Inputs Conversion time 58 ms per channel (total 232 ms), with filter 573 ms (total 2290 ms)
Conversion type Delta/Sigma
Signal delay 58 ms (573 ms) + number of conversion time of active channels
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 248
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD – Art. No. 56 741 PIN 1 Power source (red)
PIN 2 3 and 4 wire input (red)
PIN 3 GND (white)
PIN 4 4 wire input (white)
PIN 5 Not used
Input characteristic EN 61131-2
Measuring resistors Platinum: 100. 200, 500, 1000 (IEC 751)
Nickel: 100, 200, 500, 1000 (DIN 43760); 1208 (EC 7)
Resistance: 0 … 3000 Ω
Input resistance >1 MΩ
Data format 15 Bit plus sign, Motorola or Intel-Format
relative measuring error ≤ ±0.5% of range limit, nickel 1%
relative measuring error at 55 °C ≤ ±0.5% of range limit, nickel 1% relative measuring error under EMC conditions ≤ ±5% of range limit
Calibration self-calibrating
Cable length max. 30 m
Diagnosis Platinum Lower limit < -200 °C; upper limit > 850 °C
Nickel Lower limit < -60 °C; upper limit > 250 °C
Resistance > 3000 Ω
Overload Wire break, incorrect connection
EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV
EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178RatedVoltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
8 Im Temperaturbereich -45 °C … -30°C kann der rel. Messfehler ± 5% vom Bereichsendwert betragen.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 249
2.46 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH)
AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) – Art. No. 56 748
AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) VA – Art. No. 56 74850
2.46.1 Dimension drawing
30
22
34,5
75
126
5
Fig. 117: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 250
2.46.2 Mechanical Data
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) – Art. No. 56 748, Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) VA – Art. No. 56 74850
Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Turning parts stainless steel (only 56 74850)
X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)
Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 140 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
2.46.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) – Art. No. 56 748, Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) VA – Art. No. 56 74850
Max. number of inputs 4 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Inputs Conversion time 65 ms per channel (total 310 ms), with filter 200 ms (total 860 ms) Conversion type Delta/Sigma Signal delay 115 ms (250 ms) + number of conversion time of active channels PIN 1 KTY + PIN 2 Input TH+ PIN 3 KTY- PIN 4 Input TH- PIN 5 Not used Thermo elements K, N, E, J, R
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 251
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) – Art. No. 56 748, Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) VA – Art. No. 56 74850
Input resistance >1 MΩ Data format 15 bits plus sign, Motorola or optionally Intel format relative measuring error ≤ ±0.5% of range limit relative measuring error at 55°C ≤ ±0.5% of range limit
Calibration self-calibrating Cable length max. 30 m EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC
power input EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Use only "ungrounded" sensors in order to ensure the functionality of this module.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 252
2.47 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH – Art. No. 56 749
2.47.1 Dimension drawing
30
22
34,5
7515
1
5
Fig. 118: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 253
2.47.2 Mechanical Data
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD – Art. No. 56 749 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C … 55°C
Storage temperature -20°C … 75°C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6 15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information Weight 170 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0,6 Nm
M4 fixing screw 1,1±0,1 Nm
Connections System connections IN M12 male plug connector 6-pin
System connections OUT M12 female plug connector 6-pin
Sensor connections 4 x M12 – round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
2.47.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (TH) – Art. No. 56 749, Number of inputs 4
Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25%
Current consumption approx. 50 mA
Bus data Transfer protocol internal
Transfer rates 1 MBaud
Addressing automatically
Inputs Conversion time 65 ms per channel (total 310 ms), with filter 200 ms (total 860 ms)
Conversion type Delta/Sigma
Signal delay 115 ms (250 ms) + number of conversion time of active channels
Cold junction compensation Via KTY-M12 connector (Art. No. 56945 / 56946)
PIN 1 KTY +
PIN 2 Input TH+
PIN 3 KTY-
PIN 4 Input TH-
PIN 5 Not used
Thermocouple K, N, E, J, R
Input resistance >1 MΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 254
Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (TH) – Art. No. 56 749, Data format 15 Bit plus sign, alternativ Motorola- oder Intel-Format
relative measuring error 0.5% of range limit
relative measuring error at 55°C 0.5% of range limit
Calibration Self calibrating
Cable length max. 30 m
Measure range K -150 °C … 1372 °C
N -150 °C … 1300 °C
J -150 °C … 1200 °C
E -150 °C … 1000 °C
R -50 °C … 1768 °C
Diagnosis Overload TH Wire break TH
Overload KTY Wire break KTY or KTY not connected
EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contakt ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV
EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./ symmetrical ± 0,5 kV DC power input
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength QP 30 dBµV/m (30-230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230-1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Use only "ungrounded" sensors in order to ensure the functionality of this
module.
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 255
2.48 Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12– Art. No. 56 750
2.48.1 Dimension drawing
30
22
34,5
75
126
5
Fig. 119: Dimensions Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 750
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 256
2.48.2 Mechanical Data
Technical Data Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12– Art. No. 56 750Ambient conditions Operating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 140 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
2.48.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12– Art. No. 56 750Number of inputs 4 Number of counter inputs 2 Number of outputs 2 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse
Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 1.6 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 257
Technical Data Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12– Art. No. 56 750
Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Counter inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Countfrequency max. 300 kHz Count depth and data format 32 Bit ( 31+VZ) Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 258
2.49 Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 752
2.49.1 Dimension drawing
Fig. 120: Dimensions Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 752
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 259
2.49.2 Mechanical Data
Technical Data Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 752 Ambient conditions Operating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C…70°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
10 – 58 Hz; const. amplitude 0.35 mm 58 – 150 Hz; const. acceleration 15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 210 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 +0.1 Nm M4 fixing screw 2 ±0.5 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole 2.49.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 752 Max. number of inputs 16 Max. number of outputs 16 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption ≤ 100 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse for sensors Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
≤ 100 mA Automatic restart > 100 mA Reset required
Overload / short circuit fuse for IO link Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
≤ 300 mA Automatic restart > 300 mA Reset required
Multifuse tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current max. 1.6 A per channel Max. total current max. 4 A per supply
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 260
Technical Data Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 752 Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 2 … 5 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz
Max. switching frequency at resistive load 5 Hz
Max. lamp load max. 30 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 2 … 4 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 1 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 261
2.50 Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12– Art. No. 56 760
2.50.1 Dimension drawing
30
22
34,5
75
126
5
Fig. 121: Dimensions Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12 – Art. No. 56 760
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 262
2.50.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12– Art. No. 56 760 Ambient conditions Operating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 125 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 2 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole RS 485 M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
2.50.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12– Art. No. 56 760 Max. number of inputs 4 Max. number of outputs 4 RS 485 1 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
≤ 100 mA Automatic restart > 100 mA Reset required
Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 263
Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 7 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz
Max. switching frequency at resistive load 5 Hz
Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) RS485 Transfer rate 9600 Baud, half duplex Transfer modes 8 Bit, Even parity, 1 stopbit Bit transfer differencial signal Cable impedance 120 Ω Cable length max.1,200 m with PROFIBUS cable Electrical insulation galvanically Bytes in the process image 3 Control bytes, 5 User bytes Data buffer 64 bytes input, 64 bytes output, FIFO EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 264
2.51 Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 761
2.51.1 Dimension drawing
Fig. 122: Dimensions Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 761
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 265
2.51.2 Mechanical data
Mechanical data Ambient conditions Operating temperature 0°C ... +55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... +70°C Enclosure type according to EN 60529 IP 67 Mechanical ambient conditions Oscillation according to EN 60068 Part 2-6 10 – 58 Hz; const. amplitude 0.35 mm
58 – 150 Hz; const. acceleration 15 g Shock according to EN 60068 Part 2-27 Amplitude 50 g, 11 ms duration Connection possibilitiesInternal system connection IN M12 male plug connector 6-pin Internal system connection OUT M12 female plug connector 6-pin Sensor / Actuator 2x M12 female connector 5-pin RS485 M12 female connector 5-pin (Reverse-Key
coding) RS232 M12 female connector 5-pin (Reverse-Key
coding) Miscellaneous Dimensions (LxWxH) in mm 151 x 30 x 34,5 mm Mounting dimension in mm 75 ± 0.5 mm Weight Approx. 170 g
2.51.3 Electrical Data
Electrical data Cube Slave IP67 M12 socket 0, 1, contact 4 2 inputs or 2 outputs M12 socket 0, 1, contact 2 2 diagnostics or 2 inputs or 2 outputs M12 socket 2 RS485 M12 socket 3 RS232 Bus data Transfer protocol Internal System Transfer rates 1 MBaud Addressing Automatic Power supply Operation voltage UB and Sensor power supply 24V IN
24 V DC (must always be connected)
Actuator power supply 24V 24 V DC Current per pin Max. 4 A Operation voltage range 18 ... 30 V DC Current consumption (without inputs) ≤ 80 mA
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 266
Electrical data Sensor supply (M12 socket 0, 1) Max. 200 mA per socket DIO Short circuit protection for sensors Multi-fuse
Up to 100 mA load: Automatic start-up From 100 mA load: A reset is required
Sensor supply (M12 socket 2) Max. 700 mA socket RS485 Short circuit protection for RS485 Multi-fuse
Up to 300 mA load: Automatic start-up From 300 mA load: A reset is required
Multi-fuse reaction time (time to trip) 1s at IK ≥1 A and 23°C Connector M12 (Max. 0.75 mm2) Reverse polarity protection, inputs Yes Inputs / Diagnosis Delay time for signal change 2 … 5 ms Input characteristics EN 61131-2, Type 2 Outputs Actuator current load Max. 0.5 A per actuator Connector M12 (Max. 0.75 mm2) Cycle frequency Max. 50 Hz Lamp load Max. 10 W RS232 / RS485 commonTransmit buffer size 512 … 3 584 Byte FIFO Receive buffer size 512 … 3 584 Byte FIFO Total buffer size 4 096 Byte Data transfer rate 150 to 230 400 Baud Bus data protocol Polling, request Data bits 5 … 8 Bit Stop bits 1, 1.5, 2 Bit Data parity None, Even, Odd, Mark, Space Data packet size 3 … 125 Byte Electrical isolation Galvanically, seperated GND RS485 Physical signal Differential voltage Cable impedance 120Ω Cable length Max. 1 200 m (shielded) Voltage level, referred to separated GND: Receive -60V … -0.2V
+60V… +0.2V Transmit, unloaded > +4.1V logic 0
< -4.1V logic 1
Transmit, 50 Ω load > +1.8V logic 0 < -1.8V logic 1
Transmit, 18 Ω load > +1.1V logic 0 < -1.1V logic 1
Duplex Half duplex RS232 Physical signal Single ended Cable length Max. 15 m (shielded)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 267
Electrical data Voltage level, referred to separated GND: Receive -3V … -31V logic 1
+3V… +31V logic 0 Transmit < -13.5V logic 1
> +13.5V logic 0 Duplex Full duplex EMC EN 61131-2 Product standard EN 61000-4-2 ESD Contact ± 4 kV, air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 RF-Field & GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 1 kV EN 61000-4-5 Surge Asym./symm. ± 500 V (DC input)
Asym. ± 1 kV (Signal connections) EN 61000-4-6 HF-asymmetric 10 V EN 61000-4-8 Magnetic field 50 Hz 30 A/m EN 55011 Emission QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) (class B)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 268
2.52 Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 765
2.52.1 Dimension drawing
Fig. 123: Dimensions Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 765
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 269
2.52.2 Mechanical Data
Technical Data Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 765
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0°C ... 55°C
Storage temperature -25°C…70°C
Flammability class UL 94 V0
Materials
Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black
M12 O ring Viton, green
Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)
Mechanical data
Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50
Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)
Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-
2-6
10 – 58 Hz; const. amplitude 0.35 mm
58 – 150 Hz; const. acceleration 15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms
Design information
Weight 210 g
Torques
M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 +0.1 Nm
M4 fixing screw 2 ±0.5 Nm
Connections
System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 270
2.52.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 765
Max. number of inputs 16
Max. number of outputs 16
Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25%
Current consumption ≤ 100 mA
Sensor Supply
Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket
Overload / short circuit fuse
for sensors Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required
Overload / short circuit fuse
for IO link Multifuse (for each M12 socket)
≤ 300 mA Automatic restart
> 300 mA Reset required
Multifuse tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature
Reverse polarity protection
- Module electronics Yes
- Sensors Yes
- Actuators Yes
Outputs
Nominal current max. 1.6 A per channel
Max. total current max. 4 A per supply
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m
0.34 mm² Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm²
Signal delay 2 … 5 ms
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 271
Technical Data Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 765
Max. switching frequency at
resistive load 50 Hz
Max. switching frequency at
resistive load 5 Hz
Max. lamp load max. 30 W
Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms
Inputs
Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2
Input filter approx. 1 ms
Signal delay 2 … 4 ms
Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
EMC
EN 61131-2 Programmable
controllers - Part 2:
Equipment requirements and
tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV
EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m
EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 1 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge
asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC
power input
asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V
EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz)
class B
QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)
class B
Insulation EN 50178
Rated voltage IEC 60664-1
Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2
Contact resistance ≤ 5 m
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 272
2.53 Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 771
2.53.1 Dimension drawing
30
22
34,5
7515
1
5
Fig. 124: Dimensions Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 771
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 273
2.53.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 Logic E 4xM12– Art. No. 56 771Ambient conditions Operating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 140 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole
2.53.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 Logic E 4xM12– Art. No. 56 771 Number of inputs 6 Number of outputs 2 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse Multifuse (for each M12
socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart
> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 274
Technical Data Cube67 Logic E 4xM12– Art. No. 56 771 - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)
Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m
Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz
Max. switching frequency at resistive load 5 Hz
Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 275
2.54 Cube67 PD 7/8" – Art. No. 56 955
2.54.1 Dimension drawing
151
3022
35,5
Fig. 125: Dimensions 3.21 Cube67 PD 7/8“ – Art. No. 56 955
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 276
2.54.2 Mechanical data
Technical Data Cube67 PD 7/8" – Art. No. 56 955Ambient conditions Operating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6
15 g
Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections Power supply Line 7/8" connector 5-pole External actuator supply (output) M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole
2.54.3 Electrical Data
Technical Data Cube67 PD 7/8" – Art. No. 56 955Number of outputs 4 - non switchable (external actuator supply output) Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 30 mA Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes Outputs Yes Outputs Nominal current 4 A per system connection Max. total current 9 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Cable length 0.5 mm² Max. 5 m Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV
EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 277
Technical Data Cube67 PD 7/8" – Art. No. 56 955EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m
EN 61000-6-3 interference strength
QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B
Isolation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 278
3. Accessories
3.1 General accessories
Terminating resistorsArt. No. Quantity Description7000-14041-0000000 1 pc. Terminating resistor M12 PROFIBUS (male)
7000-13461-0000000 1 pc. Terminating resistor M12 DeviceNet / CANopen (male)
7000-13471-0000000 1 pc. Terminating resistor M12 DeviceNet / CANopen (female)
7002-15041-0000000 1 pc. Terminating resistor M12 for the internal system connection (male)
Blank plugs Art. No. Quantity Description56 951 4 pcs. Blind plug M12 Cube67 BP (for internal system connection)
58 627 10 pcs. M12 blind plug
38 58627 10 pcs. M8 blind plug
7000-13481-0000000 1 pc. Blind plug diagnostic M12x1
Connector for field wiring Art. No. Description 7000-14001-0000000 PROFIBUS M12 connector male B-coded straight (shielded)
7000-14021-0000000 PROFIBUS M12 connector female B-coded straight (shielded)
7000-12761-0000000 DeviceNet / CANopen Bus M12 connector male a-coded straight
7000-12961-0000000 DeviceNet / CANopen Bus M12 connector female a-coded straight
7000-78081-0000000 Power 7/8" connector straight
7000-78201-0000000 Power 7/8" connector female straight
7000-99031-0000000 Torque wrench M12 7000-99030-0000000 Mounting key M12
Terminals Art. No.
Male straight Male 90° Female straight Female 90° 4...6 7000-13301-0000000 7000-13341-0000000 7000-13381-0000000 7000-13421-0000000 6...8 7000-13321-0000000 7000-13361-0000000 7000-13401-0000000 7000-13441-0000000
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 279
Power T-coupler 7/8"Configuration
Art. No. Note
7000-50061-0000000 Male-Female-Female
Cube67 Power T-coupler Configuration Art. No. Note
47 316 Female-Male-Male
Desina®-Sensor Nominal operating distance: 2 mm flush (protected 0...1.6 mm) Operating voltage: 10...30 V DC Current-carrying capacity: Short-circuit protected and polarity protected Switching frequency: 800 Hz
Art. No. Description17 259 Desina®-Sensor M12 x 1
Adapter for internal system connectionsArt. No. Description56 947 Cube67 FSC Pin M12 56 948 Cube67 FSC Socket M12 Mount 56 949 Cube67 FSC Socket M12
Module accessories for 56 748 AI4 C 4xM12 THArt. No. Description56 945 Cube67KTY M12 (straight)
56 946 Cube67KTY M12 (90°)
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 280
Valve plugs form A Pin spacing 18 mm Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC, pressure switch 24 V DC Max. operating current 4 A
Art. No. Line direction Note7000-41341-0000000
M12 top connection LED yellow, protection circuit for valves
7000-41361-0000000 LED yellow/green for push button
7000-41461-0000000 M12 rear connection
LED yellow, protection circuit for valves
7000-41481-0000000 LED yellow/green for push button
Valve connector combination Form A Pin spacing 18 mm Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Max. operating current 4 A
Art. No. Line direction Cable length7000-41501-2260000
M12 top connection
100 mm
7000-41521-2260000 150 mm
7000-41541-2260000 200 mm
7000-41561-2260000
M12 rear connection
100 mm
7000-41581-2260000 150 mm
7000-41601-2260000 200 mm
Cable gland Art. No. Quantity Description55 357 2 pcs. M16 for 1.5 cable diameter 5...10 mm
Documentation 56 970 Cube67 System Manual (Ger./Engl./Fren.)
56 971 Cube67 Technical Data (Ger./Engl./Fren.)
56 980 Cube67 Bus System Manual PROFIBUS (Ger./Engl./Fren.)
56 981 Cube67 Bus System Manual DeviceNet (Ger./Engl./Fren.)
56 982 Cube67 Bus System Manual CANopen (Ger./Engl./Fren.)
56 983 Cube67 Bus System Manual BN-E (Ger./Engl./Fren.)
56 984 Cube67 Bus System Manual DeviceNet V2 (Ger./Engl./Fren.)
56 985 Cube67 Bus System Manual BN-PNIO (Ger./Engl./Fren.)
Other system accessories on request +49 (0) 7191/47-0
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 281
3.2 Cables
DeviceNet / CANopen DeviceNet / CANopen
Male - Female straight - straight
Art. No. Length Male - Female 90° - 90° Art. No. Length
7000-40531-8030030 0.3 m
7000-40551-8030030 0.3 m
7000-40531-8030060 0.6 m 7000-40551-8030060 0.6 m
7000-40531-8030100 1.0 m 7000-40551-8030030 1.0 m
7000-40531-8030200 2.0 m 7000-40551-8030200 2.0 m
7000-40531-8030300 3.0 m 7000-40551-8030300 3.0 m
7000-40531-8030500 5.0 m 7000-40551-8030500 5.0 m
PROFIBUS PROFIBUS
Male - Female straight - straight
Art. No. Length Male - Female 90°- 90° Art. No. Length
7000-44001-8400030 0.3 m
7000-44021-8400030 0.3 m
7000-44001-8400060 0.6 m 7000-44021-8400060 0.6 m
7000-44001-8400100 1.0 m 7000-44021-8400100 1.0 m
7000-44001-8400200 2.0 m 7000-44021-8400200 2.0 m
7000-44001-8400300 3.0 m 7000-44021-8400300 3.0 m
7000-44001-8400500 5.0 m 7000-44021-8400500 5.0 m
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 282
Internal system connection Internal system connection
Male - Female straight - straight
Art. No. Length Male - Female 90°- 90° Art. No. Length
7000-46041-8020030 0.3 m
7000-46061-8020030 0.3 m
7000-46041-8020060 0.6 m 7000-46061-8020060 0.6 m
7000-46041-8020100 1.0 m 7000-46061-8020100 1.0 m
7000-46041-8020150 1.5 m 7000-46061-8020150 1.5 m
7000-46041-8020200 2.0 m 7000-46061-8020200 2.0 m
7000-46041-8020250 2.5 m 7000-46061-8020250 2.5 m
7000-46041-8020300 3.0 m 7000-46061-8020300 3.0 m
7000-46041-8020350 3.5 m 7000-46061-8020350 3.5 m
7000-46041-8020400 4.0 m 7000-46061-8020400 4.0 m
7000-46041-8020450 4.5 m 7000-46061-8020450 4.5 m
7000-46041-8020500 5.0 m 7000-46061-8020500 5.0 m
External Power External Power
Male - Female straight - straight
Art. No. Length Male - Female 90°- 90° Art. No. Length
7000-46001-4140030 0.3 m
7000-46021-4140030 0.3 m
7000-46001-4140060 0.6 m 7000-46021-4140060 0.6 m
7000-46001-4140100 1.0 m 7000-46021-4140100 1.0 m
7000-46001-4140150 1.5 m 7000-46021-4140150 1.5 m
7000-46001-4140200 2.0 m 7000-46021-4140200 2.0 m
7000-46001-4140250 2.5 m 7000-46021-4140250 2.5 m
7000-46001-414030 3.0 m 7000-46021-4140300 3.0 m
7000-46001-4140350 3.5 m 7000-46021-4140350 3.5 m
7000-46001-4140400 4.0 m 7000-46021-4140400 4.0 m
7000-46001-4140450 4.5 m 7000-46021-4140450 4.5 m
7000-46001-4140500 5.0 m 7000-46021-4140500 5.0 m
Female straight Art. No. Length Female 90° Art. No. Length
7000-15001-4140100 1.0 m 7000-15021-4140100 1.0 m
7000-15001-4140200 2.0 m 7000-15021-4140200 2.0 m
7000-15001-4140300 3.0 m 7000-15021-4140300 3.0 m
7000-15001-4140400 4.0 m 7000-15021-4140400 4.0 m
7000-15001-4140500 5.0 m .7000-15021-4140500 5.0 m
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 283
Power Cable 7/8" Power Cable 7/8"
Female straight Art. No. Length
Male - Female straight - straight
Art. No. Length
7000-50021-9510030 0.3 m
7000-50021-9510060 0.6 m
7000-50021-9510100 1.0 m
7000-78021-9510150 1.5 m
7000-50021-9510200 2.0 m
7000-78021-9510300 3.0 m
7000-78021-9510500 5.0 m
7000-78021-9511000 10.0 m
Art. No. Description 7000-15101-1380500 MSBL0-2 138 5.0m Cube67-Safety
7000-15101-1381000 MSBL0-2 138 10.0m Cube67-Safety
I/O cable with M16 male connector for Cube 67 56 663 Art. No. Description
7000-16751-9620200 M16 male straight, with open ended wires, 2m PUR
7000-16851-9620200 M16 male 90°, with open ended wires, 2m PUR
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 284
4. Table of Figures
Fig. 1: Mounting position .................................................................................................................... 25 Fig. 2: Cube67+ .................................................................................................................................. 26 Fig. 3: Cube20 .................................................................................................................................... 27 Fig. 4: Minimum spacings ................................................................................................................... 27 Fig. 5: Minimum spacings ................................................................................................................... 28 Fig. 6: Mounting position BN Cube67................................................................................................. 34 Fig. 7: Rotary switch BN Cube67 ....................................................................................................... 35 Fig. 8: FE connection at the cap of the bus node Cube67 ................................................................. 36 Fig. 9: Mounting the Cap of the Bus Node Cube67 ........................................................................... 37 Fig. 10: Example mounting BN Cube67 ........................................................................................... 38 Fig. 11: Mounting position BN Cube67+ ........................................................................................... 39 Fig. 12: FE connection at the bus node Cube67+ ............................................................................ 40 Fig. 13: Rotary switch BN Cube67+ ................................................................................................. 41 Fig. 14: Mounting example ............................................................................................................... 42 Fig. 15: Connection to the functional earth ....................................................................................... 44 Fig. 16: Single-row modules and modules with M8 sockets ............................................................. 45 Fig. 17: I/O modules mounted on profiles made of anodized aluminium ......................................... 46 Fig. 18: DIN rail and terminal assembly ............................................................................................ 47 Fig. 19: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-P ............................................................................. 48 Fig. 20: Overview of Connections Cube67+ BN-P ........................................................................... 49 Fig. 21: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN ........................................................................... 50 Fig. 22: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-C ............................................................................. 51 Fig. 23: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-E ............................................................................. 52 Fig. 24: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN ........................................................................... 53 Fig. 25: Overview of connections Cube67 BN-P Hybrid ................................................................... 54 Fig. 26: Connections Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 - Art. No. 56 600 ..................................................... 56 Fig. 27: Configuration external actuator supply ................................................................................ 57 Fig. 28: Connections Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 752 and 56 765 ...................... 58 Fig. 29: Connections Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) – Art. No. 56 641 .......................... 59 Fig. 30: Connections Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 - Art. No. 56 602 ..................................................... 60 Fig. 31: Connections Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 – Art. No. 56605 ........................................ 61 Fig. 32: Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 .................................................................................. 62 Fig. 33: Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 .................................................................................. 62 Fig. 34: Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 - Art. No. 56 620 ......................................................... 63 Fig. 35: Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 621 ........................................................ 64 Fig. 36: Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 - Art. No. 56 622 ......................................................... 65 Fig. 37: Connections Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 623 ........................................................... 66 Fig. 38: Connections Cube67 DO16 E Valve K3 – Art. No. 56650 .................................................. 67 Fig. 39: Configuration external actuator supplies ............................................................................. 68 Fig. 40: Connections Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3 – Art. No. 56 65003 .................................. 69 Fig. 41: Configuration external actuator supplies ............................................................................. 70 Fig. 42: Overview of connections Cube67 Valve .............................................................................. 71 Fig. 43: Connections Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5A – Art. No. 56663 .................................................. 72 Fig. 44: Contact configuration of M16 socket ................................................................................... 72
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 285
Fig. 45: Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box – Art. No. 56 681 .............................................. 73 Fig. 46: Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK – Art. No. 56 68100..................................... 74 Fig. 47: Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail – Art. No. 56 691 .............................................. 75 Fig. 48: Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 700 ................................................... 76 Fig. 49: Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) ........................................................... 77 Fig. 50: Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 710 ................................................. 78 Fig. 52: Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) ............................................................................... 80 Fig. 54: Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) ................................................................................. 82 Fig. 56: Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD ............................................................................. 84 Fig. 57: Anschlussübersicht Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD .................................................................. 85 Fig. 58: Overview of connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH ............................................................ 86 Fig. 59: Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH ................................................................................ 87 Fig. 60: Overview of Connections Cube67 CNT C2 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 750 ................................. 88 Fig. 61: Connections Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12 – Art. No. 56 760 .......................................... 89 Fig. 62: Overview of Connections Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 761 ............ 90 Fig. 63: Overview of Connections Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 771 .................................. 91 Fig. 64: Connections Cube67 PD 7/8" - Art. No. 56 955 .................................................................. 92 Fig. 65: Connections Cube20 BN67 DIO8 – Art. No. 56 450 ........................................................... 93 Fig. 66: Terminal assignments ........................................................................................................ 103 Fig. 67: Contact assignment of the 7/8" power connector .............................................................. 107 Fig. 68: Mounting the 7/8" power connector (Mini-style) ................................................................ 107 Fig. 69: Configuration external actuator supply .............................................................................. 110 Fig. 70: Pin assignment power connector 7/8" (mini style) ............................................................. 111 Fig. 71: Mounting the 7/8" power connector (Mini-style) ................................................................ 111 Fig. 72: Dimensions Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56 501 ....................................................................... 113 Fig. 73: Dimensions Cube67+ BN-P Art. No. 56 521 ..................................................................... 116 Fig. 74: Dimensions Cube67 BN-DN .............................................................................................. 119 Fig. 75: Dimensions Cube67 BN-C Art. No. 56 504 ....................................................................... 122 Fig. 76: Dimensions Cube67 BN-E Art. No. 56 505 ....................................................................... 125 Fig. 77: Dimensions Cube67 BN-P Hybrid Art. No. 56 531 ............................................................ 128 Fig. 78: Dimensions Cube20 BN67 DIO8 Art. No. 56 450............................................................. 131 Fig. 79: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 600 ................................................... 134 Fig. 80: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 ................................................................................ 137 Fig. 81: Dimensions Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 602 ...................................................... 140 Fig. 82: Dimensions Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 603 ...................................................... 143 Fig. 83: Dimensions Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 – Art. No. 56 605 ...................................... 146 Fig. 84: Dimensions Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 606 ............................................. 149 Fig. 85: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 610 ..................................................... 152 Fig. 86: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 .................................................................................. 155 Fig. 87: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 612 ........................................................ 158 Fig. 88: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 613 ........................................................ 161 Fig. 89: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 616 ............................................... 164 Fig. 90: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 620 ....................................................... 167 Fig. 91: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 .................................................................................... 170 Fig. 92: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 622 .......................................................... 173 Fig. 93: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 623 .......................................................... 176 Fig. 94: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN – Art. No. 56 626 ................................................. 179 Fig. 95: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A – Art. No. 56 631 ................................................ 182 Fig. 96: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A – Art. No. 56 640 ........................................... 185
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 286
Fig. 97: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) – Art. No. 56 641 ......................... 188 Fig. 98: Dimensions Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3 and Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3 ................ 191 Fig. 99: Dimensions Cube67 DO16 E Valve .................................................................................. 194 Fig. 100: Dimensions Cube67 DO8 E Valve .................................................................................... 197 Fig. 101: Dimensions Cube67 DO32 E Valve .................................................................................. 200 Fig. 102: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E Cable ................................................................................... 203 Fig. 103: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 E Cable ................................................................................. 206 Fig. 104: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5 A – Art. No. 56 663 ................................................ 209 Fig. 105: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box .......................................................................... 212 Fig. 106: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail – Art. No. 56 691 .............................................. 216 Fig. 107: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 700 .................................................. 219 Fig. 108: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) ............................................................................... 222 Fig. 109: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 710 ................................................ 225 Fig. 110: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) ............................................................................. 228 Fig. 111: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) .............................................................................. 231 Fig. 112: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) .............................................................................. 234 Fig. 113: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) ................................................................................ 237 Fig. 114: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) ................................................................................ 240 Fig. 115: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD ............................................................................ 243 Fig. 117: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) ............................................................................ 249 Fig. 118: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH ............................................................................... 252 Fig. 119: Dimensions Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 750 .................................................... 255 Fig. 120: Dimensions Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 752 ........................................ 258 Fig. 121: Dimensions Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12 – Art. No. 56 760 ......................................... 261 Fig. 122: Dimensions Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 761 ................................ 264 Fig. 123: Dimensions Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 765 ........................................ 268 Fig. 124: Dimensions Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 771 ..................................................... 272 Fig. 125: Dimensions 3.21 Cube67 PD 7/8“ – Art. No. 56 955 ......................................................... 275
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 287
5. Index of Tables
Tab. 1: Minimum Spacing for Assembly ................................................................................................ 27 Tab. 2: Overview Module Dimensions ................................................................................................... 30 Tab. 3: Overview of mounting holes ...................................................................................................... 33 Tab. 4: Pin configuration CPV valve control .......................................................................................... 67 Tab. 5: Pin configuration CPV(9) valve control ...................................................................................... 69 Tab. 6: Overview of customer-specific modules .................................................................................... 94 Tab. 7: Initial conditions ......................................................................................................................... 96 Tab. 8: Configuration M12 plug or M12 socket for digital inputs / outputs ............................................ 96 Tab. 9: Initial conditions ......................................................................................................................... 98 Tab. 10: Configuration M8 plug or M8 socket for digital inputs / outputs .............................................. 98 Tab. 11: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 100 Tab. 12: Configuration M16 - Socket or M16 - Plug ............................................................................ 100 Tab. 13: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 101 Tab. 14: Configuration M12 plug or M12 socket for analog I/Os ......................................................... 101 Tab. 15: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 102 Tab. 16: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 104 Tab. 17: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100) ..................................... 104 Tab. 18: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 104 Tab. 19: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100) ..................................... 104 Tab. 20: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 105 Tab. 21: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100) ..................................... 105 Tab. 22: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 106 Tab. 23: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100) ..................................... 106 Tab. 24: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 107 Tab. 25: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 108 Tab. 26: Overview Art. No. terminating resistor and blink plug ........................................................... 109 Tab. 27: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 110 Tab. 28: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 111 Tab. 29: Art. Nos. of the Bus System Manuals .................................................................................... 112 Tab. 30: Resistance of the Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box housing materials to agressive media ........ 214
Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data
V 2.5 288
Legal Provisions
Exclusion of Liability
Murrelektronik GmbH has checked the contents of this technical documentation for conformity with the hardware and software described therein. Deviations can not be excluded in individual cases. For this reason, Murrelektronik excludes the warranty for the correctness of its contents and any liability for errors, in particular full conformity. The limitation of liability shall not apply if the cause for damage is attributable to willful intent and/or gross negligence, or for all claims arising from the Product Liability Law. Should a major contractual obligation be violated by criminal negligence, the liability of Murrelektronik GmbH shall be limited to damages that typically arise. Subject to technical changes and alternations in content. We advise that you check at regular intervals whether this documentation has been updated since corrections that may become necessary due to technical advances are included by Murrelektronik GmbH at regular intervals. We are gratefully for any suggestions for improvement. Copyright
It is prohibited to transfer or photocopy the documentation either in paper or in digital form, reuse or divulge its contents unless otherwise expressly permitted by Murrelektronik GmbH or in conjunction with the production of documentation for third-party products that contain products made by Murrelektronik GmbH. Violations will result in liability for damages. All rights reserved, in particular in the event of the award of patents or granting of utility models. Right of Use
Murrelektronik GmbH grants its customers a non-exclusive right revocable at any time and for an indefinite period of time to use this documentation to produce their own technical documentation. For this purpose, the documentation produced by Murrelektronik GmbH may be changed in parts, or amended, or copied ,and transferred to the customer's users as part of the customer's own technical documentation on paper or on electronic media. The customer shall then bear sole responsibility for the correctness of the contents of the technical documentation produced by him. If the technical documentation is integrated in part, or in full in the customer's technical documentation, the customer shall refer to the copyright of Murrelektronik GmbH. Furthermore, special attention shall be paid to compliance with the safety instructions. Although the customer is obliged to make reference to the copyright of Murrelektronik GmbH, provided the technical documentation of Murrelektronik GmbH is used, the customer shall market and/or use the technical documentation on his sole responsibility. The reason is that Murrelektronik GmbH has no influence on changes or applications of the technical documentation and even minor changes to the starting product or deviations in the intended applications may render incorrect the specifications contained in the technical documentation. For this reason, the customer is obliged to identify the technical documentation originating from Murrelektronik GmbH if and inasmuch as the documentation is changed by the customer. The customer shall be obliged to release Murrelektronik from the damage claims of third parties if the latter are attributable to any deficits in the documentation. This shall not apply to damages to the rights of third parties caused by deliberate or criminal intent. The customer shall be entitled to use the company brands of Murrelektronik GmbH exclusively for his product advertising, but only inasmuch as the products of Murrelektronik GmbH are integrated in the products marketed by the customer. The customer shall refer to the brands of Murrelektronik GmbH in an adequate manner if the brands of Murrelektronik GmbH were used.
Murrelektronik GmbH|Falkenstraße 3, D-71570 Oppenweiler|P.O. Box 1165, D-71567 Oppenweiler
Phone +49 7191 47-0|Fax +49 7191 47-130|[email protected]|www.murrelektronik.com
The information in this manual has been compiled with the utmost care. Liability for the correctness, completeness and topicality
of the information is restricted to gross negligence.